1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TreeTransform.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
46 using namespace clang;
49 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
50 /// emitting diagnostics.
51 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
52 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
53 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
56 // See if this is a deleted function.
57 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
61 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
62 // then we can't use it either.
63 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
64 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false))
68 // See if this function is unavailable.
69 if (D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
70 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
76 static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
77 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
78 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
79 const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
80 if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
81 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
85 static bool HasRedeclarationWithoutAvailabilityInCategory(const Decl *D) {
86 const auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
89 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = OMD->getClassInterface();
93 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat : OID->visible_categories())
94 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CatMeth =
95 Cat->getMethod(OMD->getSelector(), OMD->isInstanceMethod()))
96 if (!CatMeth->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>())
101 static AvailabilityResult
102 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
103 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
104 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
105 // See if this declaration is unavailable or deprecated.
107 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(&Message);
109 // For typedefs, if the typedef declaration appears available look
110 // to the underlying type to see if it is more restrictive.
111 while (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
112 if (Result == AR_Available) {
113 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
115 Result = D->getAvailability(&Message);
122 // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition.
123 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
124 if (IDecl->getDefinition()) {
125 D = IDecl->getDefinition();
126 Result = D->getAvailability(&Message);
130 if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
131 if (Result == AR_Available) {
132 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
133 if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC))
134 Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(&Message);
137 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr;
138 if (Result == AR_Deprecated || Result == AR_Unavailable ||
139 AR_NotYetIntroduced) {
140 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
141 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) {
142 AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr);
143 if (PDeclResult == Result)
154 if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Deprecated)
155 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema::AD_Deprecation,
156 D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl,
160 case AR_NotYetIntroduced: {
161 // Don't do this for enums, they can't be redeclared.
162 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<EnumDecl>(D))
165 bool Warn = !D->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()->isInherited();
166 // Objective-C method declarations in categories are not modelled as
167 // redeclarations, so manually look for a redeclaration in a category
169 if (Warn && HasRedeclarationWithoutAvailabilityInCategory(D))
171 // In general, D will point to the most recent redeclaration. However,
172 // for `@class A;` decls, this isn't true -- manually go through the
173 // redecl chain in that case.
174 if (Warn && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
175 for (Decl *Redecl = D->getMostRecentDecl(); Redecl && Warn;
176 Redecl = Redecl->getPreviousDecl())
177 if (!Redecl->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>() ||
178 Redecl->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()->isInherited())
182 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema::AD_Partial, D, Message, Loc,
183 UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl,
189 if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
190 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema::AD_Unavailable,
191 D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl,
199 /// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
200 void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
201 assert(Decl->isDeleted());
203 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
205 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && Method->isDefaulted()) {
206 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
207 if (!Method->isImplicit())
208 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
210 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
211 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
212 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
213 if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
214 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, /*Diagnose=*/true);
219 if (CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl)) {
220 if (CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCD =
221 const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(CD->getInheritedConstructor())) {
222 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_inherited_deleted_here);
223 if (BaseCD->isDeleted()) {
224 NoteDeletedFunction(BaseCD);
226 // FIXME: An explanation of why exactly it can't be inherited
228 Diag(BaseCD->getLocation(), diag::note_cannot_inherit);
234 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here)
238 /// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
239 /// explicit storage class.
240 static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
241 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
242 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
248 /// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
249 /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
251 /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
252 /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
253 /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
254 /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
255 /// prove that there are errors.
256 static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
258 SourceLocation Loc) {
259 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
260 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
261 // correct but benign.
262 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
265 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
266 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
269 if (!Current->isInlined())
271 if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
274 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
275 if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
278 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
279 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
280 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
281 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
282 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
283 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
284 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
285 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
286 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
287 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
288 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
290 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet
291 : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline)
292 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
294 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
296 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
300 void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
301 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
303 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
304 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
305 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
306 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
307 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
311 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
312 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
314 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
315 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
316 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
317 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
318 /// function is being used.
320 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
321 /// referenced), false otherwise.
323 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
324 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
325 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
326 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
327 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
329 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap::iterator
330 Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
331 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
332 SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Suppressed = Pos->second;
333 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Suppressed.size(); I != N; ++I)
334 Diag(Suppressed[I].first, Suppressed[I].second);
336 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
337 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
338 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
339 // diagnostics again.
343 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:
344 // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program.
345 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain())
346 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used);
349 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
350 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
351 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
356 // See if this is a deleted function.
357 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
358 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
359 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
360 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
364 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
365 // then we can't use it either.
366 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
367 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
370 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass,
373 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
375 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
380 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
381 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
383 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
385 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
386 return ": " + Message;
388 return std::string();
391 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
392 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
393 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
395 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
396 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
397 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
401 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
402 unsigned numFormalParams;
404 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
406 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
408 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
409 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
410 calleeType = CT_Method;
411 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
412 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
413 calleeType = CT_Function;
414 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
415 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
416 const FunctionType *fn = nullptr;
417 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
418 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
420 calleeType = CT_Function;
421 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
422 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
423 calleeType = CT_Block;
428 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
429 numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams();
437 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
438 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
439 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
440 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
441 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
442 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
443 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
445 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
446 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
448 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
449 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
450 if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
451 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
452 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
456 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
457 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
458 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
459 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
460 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
462 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr',
463 // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
464 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
465 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
466 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
467 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
468 std::string NullValue;
469 if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
471 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
472 NullValue = "nullptr";
473 else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
476 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
478 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
479 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
481 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
483 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
484 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
487 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
488 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
491 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
492 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
493 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
495 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
496 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E) {
497 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
498 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
499 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
500 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
504 QualType Ty = E->getType();
505 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
507 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
508 // If we are here, we are not calling a function but taking
509 // its address (which is not allowed in OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3).
510 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
511 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
514 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
515 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
516 } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
517 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
518 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
519 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
520 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
521 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
522 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
525 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
526 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
528 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
529 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
530 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
535 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
536 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
537 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
538 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
539 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
540 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
541 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
542 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
543 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
544 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
545 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
546 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
547 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
548 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
549 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
550 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
554 static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
555 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
557 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
561 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
562 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
563 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
566 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
567 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
569 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
570 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
571 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
572 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr;
573 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
574 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
575 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
577 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
578 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
579 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
580 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
581 if (ObjectSetClass) {
582 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
583 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
584 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
585 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
587 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
590 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
592 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
593 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
594 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
595 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
597 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
598 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
599 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
600 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
601 OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
603 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
605 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
610 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
611 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
612 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
613 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
614 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
618 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
619 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
620 // converted to a prvalue.
621 if (!E->isGLValue()) return E;
623 QualType T = E->getType();
624 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
626 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
627 // expressions of certain types in C++.
628 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
629 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
630 T->isDependentType() ||
634 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
635 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
636 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
637 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
638 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
642 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
643 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 &&
645 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
650 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
651 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
652 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
653 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
654 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
656 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
657 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
658 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
659 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
661 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
663 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
664 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
665 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr);
667 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
668 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
669 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
673 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
674 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
675 // type of the lvalue.
676 if (T.hasQualifiers())
677 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
679 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
681 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
683 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
684 E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
685 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
687 ExprResult Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue, E,
691 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
692 // of the type of the lvalue ...
693 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
694 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
695 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(),
702 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
703 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
706 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
712 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
713 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
714 ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
715 QualType Ty = E->getType();
717 // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer
719 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
720 Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
721 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
725 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
731 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
732 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
733 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
734 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
735 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
736 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
737 // First, convert to an r-value.
738 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
743 QualType Ty = E->getType();
744 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
746 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
747 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
748 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
750 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
752 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
755 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
756 // unsigned int may be used:
757 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
758 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
760 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
762 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
763 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
764 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
765 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
767 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
769 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
772 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
773 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
774 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get();
781 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
782 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
783 /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
784 /// UsualUnaryConversions().
785 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
786 QualType Ty = E->getType();
787 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
789 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
794 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
796 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
797 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
798 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float))
799 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
801 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
802 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
803 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
804 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
805 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
806 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
807 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
808 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
809 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
810 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
811 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
812 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
813 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
814 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
816 if (Temp.isInvalid())
824 /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
825 /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
826 /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
827 Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
828 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
829 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
830 // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
831 // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
834 // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
835 // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
836 // initializer lists as variadic arguments.
837 if (Ty->isVoidType())
840 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
845 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
848 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
849 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
850 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
851 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
852 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
853 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
854 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
855 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
856 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
857 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
858 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
860 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
863 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
866 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
867 return VAK_MSVCUndefined;
869 // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
870 // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
871 return VAK_Undefined;
874 void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
875 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
876 const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
877 VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
879 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
881 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
883 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
884 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
888 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
889 // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a
890 // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that.
891 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
892 PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg)
893 << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()");
898 case VAK_MSVCUndefined:
900 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
901 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
902 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
906 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
908 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
909 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
912 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
913 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
918 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
919 /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
920 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
921 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
922 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
923 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
924 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
925 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
926 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
927 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
929 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
931 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
932 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
938 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
939 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
943 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
944 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
945 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
946 // Turn this into a trap.
948 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
950 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
952 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
954 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
957 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
958 E->getLocStart(), None,
960 if (Call.isInvalid())
963 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
965 if (Comma.isInvalid())
970 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
971 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
972 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
978 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
979 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
981 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
982 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
983 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
984 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
988 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
989 if (SkipCast) return false;
990 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
991 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
992 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
993 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
994 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
996 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
997 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
998 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1003 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
1004 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1005 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1006 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1008 bool IsCompAssign) {
1009 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
1010 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1013 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1014 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
1017 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
1018 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
1019 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
1020 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
1021 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
1022 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
1023 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
1024 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
1025 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
1026 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
1028 // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex.
1029 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1031 auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType);
1032 auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType);
1033 QualType LHSElementType =
1034 LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType;
1035 QualType RHSElementType =
1036 RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType;
1038 QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType);
1040 // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment.
1041 ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType);
1042 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1045 S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1047 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1049 } else if (Order > 0) {
1050 // Promote the precision of the RHS.
1052 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1054 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1059 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
1060 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1061 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
1062 ExprResult &IntExpr,
1063 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
1064 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
1065 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1067 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
1068 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy,
1069 CK_IntegralToFloating);
1073 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
1074 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1075 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
1077 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
1079 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result,
1080 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1082 // float -> _Complex float
1084 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result,
1085 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1090 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1091 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1092 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1093 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1094 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1095 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1096 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1098 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1099 // to the bigger result.
1100 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1101 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1103 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1107 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
1109 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1114 // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
1115 if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
1116 LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy;
1118 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1119 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1120 /*convertInt=*/ true);
1123 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1124 /*convertInt=*/ true,
1125 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
1128 typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1131 /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1132 /// permit their use as function template parameters.
1133 ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1134 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1137 ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1138 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1139 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1143 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1144 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1145 template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1146 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1147 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1148 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1149 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1150 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1151 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1152 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1153 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1154 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1156 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1158 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1159 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1161 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1162 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1163 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1165 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1167 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1168 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1170 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1171 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1172 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1173 // use the signed type.
1175 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1177 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1178 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1181 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1182 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1183 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1184 // to the signed type.
1186 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1187 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result);
1189 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result);
1194 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1195 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1196 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1197 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1199 bool IsCompAssign) {
1200 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1201 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1203 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1204 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1205 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1206 QualType ScalarType =
1207 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1208 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1210 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1213 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1214 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1215 QualType ScalarType =
1216 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1217 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1218 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1219 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType,
1220 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1225 assert(RHSComplexInt);
1227 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1228 QualType ScalarType =
1229 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1230 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1231 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1234 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType,
1235 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1239 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1240 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1241 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1242 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1243 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1244 bool IsCompAssign) {
1245 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1246 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
1247 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1251 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
1252 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1255 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1256 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1258 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1260 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1262 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1263 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1264 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1266 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1267 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1270 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1271 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1272 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1275 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1276 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1277 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1278 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1279 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1280 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1281 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1282 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
1283 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1285 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1286 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1289 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1291 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1292 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1293 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1296 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1297 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1298 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1301 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1302 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1303 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1306 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1307 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1308 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1312 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1313 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1314 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1318 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1319 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1320 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1321 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1322 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
1323 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
1324 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1325 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
1327 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1328 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1330 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1335 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1337 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1344 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1345 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1346 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1347 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1348 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
1349 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
1350 unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
1351 assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size());
1352 if (ControllingExpr->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
1353 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ControllingExpr);
1354 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1355 ControllingExpr = result.get();
1358 // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are
1359 // likely unintended.
1360 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1361 ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
1362 Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(),
1363 diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
1365 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1366 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1367 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1368 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1370 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1371 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1372 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1375 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1376 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1378 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1379 IsResultDependent = true;
1381 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1382 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1384 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1385 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1386 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1387 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1388 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1389 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1392 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1393 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1394 << Types[i]->getType();
1395 TypeErrorFound = true;
1398 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1399 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1400 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1401 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1402 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1403 Types[j]->getType())) {
1404 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1405 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1406 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1407 << Types[j]->getType()
1408 << Types[i]->getType();
1409 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1410 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1411 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1412 << Types[i]->getType();
1413 TypeErrorFound = true;
1421 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1422 // try to compute the result expression.
1423 if (IsResultDependent)
1424 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1425 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1426 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
1428 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1429 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1430 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1433 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1434 Types[i]->getType()))
1435 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1438 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1439 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1440 // association list."
1441 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1442 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1443 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1444 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1445 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1446 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1447 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1448 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator I = CompatIndices.begin(),
1449 E = CompatIndices.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1450 Diag(Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1451 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1452 << Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1453 << Types[*I]->getType();
1458 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1459 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1460 // the types named in its generic association list."
1461 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1462 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1463 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1464 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1465 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1466 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1470 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1471 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1472 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1473 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1474 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1475 unsigned ResultIndex =
1476 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1478 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1479 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1480 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex);
1483 /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1484 /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1485 static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1487 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1491 /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1492 /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1493 static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1494 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1495 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1496 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1497 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1498 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
1501 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1502 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1503 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1504 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1507 DeclarationName OpName =
1508 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1509 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1510 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1512 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1513 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1514 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1515 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1518 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1521 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1522 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1523 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1524 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1528 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) {
1529 assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!");
1531 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP);
1532 if (Literal.hadError)
1535 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1536 for (unsigned i = 0; i != StringToks.size(); ++i)
1537 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
1539 QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
1540 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1541 if (Literal.isWide()) {
1542 CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
1543 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1544 } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
1545 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1546 } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
1547 CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1548 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1549 } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
1550 CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1551 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1552 } else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
1553 CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1556 QualType CharTyConst = CharTy;
1557 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1558 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
1559 CharTyConst.addConst();
1561 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1562 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1564 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(CharTyConst,
1565 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1566 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1568 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
1569 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
1570 StrTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(StrTy, LangAS::opencl_constant);
1573 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1574 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1575 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1577 StringTokLocs.size());
1578 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1581 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1582 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1583 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1584 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1585 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1587 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1589 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1591 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1592 // operator "" X (str, len)
1593 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1595 DeclarationName OpName =
1596 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1597 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1598 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1600 QualType ArgTy[] = {
1601 Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
1604 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1605 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
1606 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1607 /*AllowStringTemplate*/true)) {
1610 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1611 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1613 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1615 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1618 case LOLR_StringTemplate: {
1619 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1621 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
1622 bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
1623 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
1625 TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
1626 TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
1627 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
1629 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1630 Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
1631 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
1632 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
1633 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1635 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1640 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1644 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1648 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1650 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1651 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1652 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1655 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1656 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1658 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1659 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1660 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
1661 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1662 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
1663 if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
1664 if (const FunctionDecl *Callee = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1665 if (CheckCUDATarget(Caller, Callee)) {
1666 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_ref_bad_target)
1667 << IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) << D->getIdentifier()
1668 << IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller);
1669 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1670 << D->getIdentifier();
1675 bool RefersToCapturedVariable =
1677 NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc());
1680 if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
1681 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
1682 cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D);
1684 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1685 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1686 VarSpec->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), D,
1687 RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo.getLoc(), Ty, VK,
1688 FoundD, TemplateArgs);
1690 assert(!TemplateArgs && "No template arguments for non-variable"
1691 " template specialization references");
1692 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1693 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1694 SourceLocation(), D, RefersToCapturedVariable,
1695 NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
1698 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
1700 if (getLangOpts().ObjCARCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
1701 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
1702 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getLocStart()))
1703 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(E);
1705 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1706 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1707 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
1708 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1713 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1714 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1716 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1717 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1719 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1720 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1723 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1724 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1725 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1726 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1727 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1728 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1729 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1731 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1732 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1733 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1735 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1736 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1737 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1738 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1740 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1741 TemplateArgs = nullptr;
1745 static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(
1746 const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1747 DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1748 unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) {
1750 SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
1752 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1753 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1755 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx
1758 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo;
1762 std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
1763 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1764 TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1766 (TC.getCorrectionDecl() && isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(TC.getCorrectionDecl()))
1767 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1768 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1770 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo,
1771 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1773 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1774 << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier
1776 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1779 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1781 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1783 Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1784 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
1785 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1786 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) {
1787 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1789 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1790 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1791 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1792 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1793 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1794 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1795 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1798 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1799 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1800 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1802 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isEmpty() && !CallsUndergoingInstantiation.empty())
1803 ? CurContext : nullptr;
1805 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1806 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1809 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1810 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1812 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
1813 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
1814 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
1815 bool isDefaultArgument = !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1816 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.back().Kind ==
1817 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
1818 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1819 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1820 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1821 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
1824 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1825 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1826 // Actually quite difficult!
1827 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
1828 diagnostic = diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1830 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1831 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1832 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(
1833 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee());
1835 CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod;
1836 if (CurMethod->isDependentContext())
1837 DepMethod = CurMethod;
1838 else if (CurMethod->getTemplatedKind() ==
1839 FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization)
1840 DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurMethod->getPrimaryTemplate()->
1841 getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl());
1843 DepMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(
1844 CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction());
1845 assert(DepMethod && "No template pattern found");
1847 QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context);
1848 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
1849 CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(
1850 R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false);
1851 TemplateArgumentListInfo TList;
1852 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
1853 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList);
1856 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1857 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr =
1858 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
1859 Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(),
1860 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1861 ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), nullptr,
1862 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
1863 ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TList : nullptr);
1864 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr);
1866 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1869 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1870 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1871 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1873 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
1874 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
1875 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
1876 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
1877 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
1878 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
1882 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1889 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
1890 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set
1891 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
1893 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
1894 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1895 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
1896 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1898 DC = DC->getParent();
1901 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1902 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1904 SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc();
1905 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&
1906 "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!");
1907 *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed(
1908 R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, std::move(CCC),
1909 [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) {
1910 emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args,
1911 diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest);
1913 nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
1916 } else if (S && (Corrected =
1917 CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S,
1918 &SS, std::move(CCC), CTK_ErrorRecovery))) {
1919 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
1920 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1921 Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1922 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1924 bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
1925 bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
1926 NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
1928 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1929 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(),
1930 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1931 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1932 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
1933 CDEnd = Corrected.end();
1934 CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
1935 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1936 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*CD))
1937 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1938 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1940 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
1941 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
1942 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
1945 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
1947 ND = Best->Function;
1948 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1951 // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
1952 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1957 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
1958 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1959 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) {
1960 const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType();
1961 Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1964 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
1965 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
1966 R.setNamingClass(Record);
1969 AcceptableWithRecovery =
1970 isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND);
1971 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
1972 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
1973 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
1974 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
1975 // to recover well anyway.
1976 AcceptableWithoutRecovery =
1977 isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
1979 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
1980 // because we aren't able to recover.
1981 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
1984 if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
1985 unsigned NoteID = (Corrected.getCorrectionDecl() &&
1986 isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()))
1987 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1988 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1990 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
1991 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
1993 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1994 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1995 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
1996 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
1998 // Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
1999 return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
2004 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
2005 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
2006 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
2007 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2008 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2013 // Give up, we can't recover.
2014 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
2018 /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has
2019 /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then
2020 /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only
2021 /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts
2022 /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's
2023 /// instantiation model, but it's close enough.
2025 recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context,
2026 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2027 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2028 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2029 // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or
2030 // contexts where 'this' is available.
2031 QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType();
2032 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
2033 if (!ThisType.isNull())
2034 RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2035 else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext))
2036 RD = MD->getParent();
2037 if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases())
2040 // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this'
2041 // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit.
2042 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2043 auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base);
2044 DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD;
2046 if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
2047 DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->");
2048 return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
2049 Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
2050 /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc,
2051 /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2054 // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will
2055 // perform name lookup during template instantiation.
2058 NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl());
2059 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc));
2060 return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create(
2061 Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2066 Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2067 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
2068 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2069 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2070 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) {
2071 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
2072 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
2076 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2078 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
2079 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2080 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2081 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2083 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2084 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2085 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2087 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
2088 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
2089 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
2090 // (note: handled after lookup)
2091 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
2092 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
2093 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
2094 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
2095 // names a dependent type.
2096 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
2097 // we need to handle these differently.
2098 bool DependentID = false;
2099 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
2100 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
2102 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
2103 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
2104 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2112 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2113 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2115 // Perform the required lookup.
2116 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
2117 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
2118 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
2120 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
2121 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
2122 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
2123 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
2124 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
2125 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
2126 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
2127 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
2129 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
2130 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
2131 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2132 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2134 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
2135 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
2137 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
2139 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2140 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2141 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2143 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
2144 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
2145 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
2146 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
2150 if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>())
2155 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2158 // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90,
2159 // extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
2160 if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2161 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
2162 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
2165 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
2166 // argument-dependent lookup.
2167 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
2169 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
2170 if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2171 if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo,
2172 TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs))
2176 // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly.
2177 if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
2180 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
2181 // call, diagnose the problem.
2182 TypoExpr *TE = nullptr;
2183 auto DefaultValidator = llvm::make_unique<CorrectionCandidateCallback>(
2184 II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() : nullptr);
2185 DefaultValidator->IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand;
2186 assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&
2187 "Typo correction callback misconfigured");
2189 // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is.
2190 CCC->setTypoName(II);
2192 CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep());
2194 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R,
2195 CCC ? std::move(CCC) : std::move(DefaultValidator),
2196 nullptr, None, &TE)) {
2197 if (TE && KeywordReplacement) {
2198 auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE);
2199 auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection();
2200 if (BestTC.isKeyword()) {
2201 auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
2202 if (State.DiagHandler)
2203 State.DiagHandler(BestTC);
2204 KeywordReplacement->startToken();
2205 KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID());
2206 KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II);
2207 KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin());
2208 // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has
2209 // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr).
2210 clearDelayedTypo(TE);
2211 // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a
2212 // valid-but-null ExprResult.
2213 return (Expr*)nullptr;
2215 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
2217 return TE ? TE : ExprError();
2220 assert(!R.empty() &&
2221 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
2223 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
2224 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
2225 // reference the ivar.
2226 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
2228 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
2229 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
2230 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
2231 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
2237 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
2238 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
2240 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
2241 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
2242 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
2243 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
2244 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
2245 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
2246 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
2247 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
2248 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
2250 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
2251 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
2252 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
2253 // non-static member function:
2255 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
2256 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
2257 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
2258 // member function call.
2260 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
2261 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
2262 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
2264 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
2265 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
2266 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
2267 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2268 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
2269 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2270 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
2271 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2272 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2273 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2275 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2276 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2277 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2279 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2280 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2284 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
2286 // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
2287 // in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
2288 // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
2289 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
2290 Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
2291 assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&
2292 "There should only be one declaration found.");
2295 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2298 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2301 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2302 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2303 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2306 Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2307 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2308 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2309 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) {
2310 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2312 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2313 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2315 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2318 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2319 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2321 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2324 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2325 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2326 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2329 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2330 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2334 if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
2335 // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in
2336 // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to
2337 // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode.
2338 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
2339 if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
2340 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
2341 SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
2342 auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2343 D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString()
2344 << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc());
2346 // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE
2351 // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover.
2352 D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename ");
2354 // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type.
2355 QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
2357 TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc());
2359 QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty);
2360 ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET);
2361 QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
2362 QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
2364 *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET);
2369 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2370 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2371 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2372 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2373 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2374 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2375 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2376 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2378 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2381 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
2382 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
2383 /// additional lookup.
2385 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2386 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2388 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
2390 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2391 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2392 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2393 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2395 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2399 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2400 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2401 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2402 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2403 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2405 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2406 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2407 // ivar, that's an error.
2408 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2412 LookForIvars = true;
2413 else if (IsClassMethod)
2414 LookForIvars = false;
2416 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2417 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2418 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
2420 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2421 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2422 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr;
2423 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2424 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2426 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2427 << IV->getDeclName());
2429 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2430 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2431 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2434 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2435 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2438 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2439 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2440 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2441 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2442 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2444 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2445 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2446 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2447 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2448 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
2449 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
2450 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2451 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2452 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
2453 SelfName, false, false);
2454 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2457 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get());
2458 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2461 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2463 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2464 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2465 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2466 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2468 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context)
2469 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc, IV->getLocation(),
2470 SelfExpr.get(), true, true);
2472 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2473 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2474 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
2475 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(Result);
2477 if (CurContext->isClosure())
2478 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
2479 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
2484 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2485 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2486 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2487 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2488 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2489 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2490 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2491 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2494 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2495 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2496 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2497 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
2498 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2499 << IV->getDeclName());
2502 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2503 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
2504 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
2505 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2506 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
2507 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
2508 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
2509 Lookup.getNameLoc());
2510 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
2514 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2515 return ExprResult((Expr *)nullptr);
2518 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2520 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
2522 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
2523 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
2524 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
2525 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
2527 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
2528 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
2529 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
2530 /// the class declaring the member.
2532 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
2533 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
2534 /// obey access control.
2536 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2537 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2538 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2539 NamedDecl *Member) {
2540 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2544 QualType DestRecordType;
2546 QualType FromRecordType;
2547 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2548 bool PointerConversions = false;
2549 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2550 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2552 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2553 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2554 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2555 PointerConversions = true;
2557 DestType = DestRecordType;
2558 FromRecordType = FromType;
2560 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2561 if (Method->isStatic())
2564 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2565 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2567 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2568 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2569 PointerConversions = true;
2571 FromRecordType = FromType;
2572 DestType = DestRecordType;
2575 // No conversion necessary.
2579 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2582 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2583 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2586 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2587 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2589 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2591 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2592 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2595 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2596 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2597 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2598 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2600 // class Base { public: int x; };
2601 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2602 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2603 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2605 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2606 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2607 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2609 if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
2610 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2611 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2613 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2615 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2616 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2617 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2618 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2619 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2620 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2621 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2624 if (PointerConversions)
2625 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2626 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2627 VK, &BasePath).get();
2630 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2632 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2634 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2639 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2641 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2642 // down to the using declaration's type.
2644 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2645 // class ever has member declarations.
2646 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2647 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2648 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2649 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2651 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2652 // conversion is non-trivial.
2653 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2654 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
2655 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2656 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2657 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2660 QualType UType = URecordType;
2661 if (PointerConversions)
2662 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2663 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2664 VK, &BasePath).get();
2666 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2669 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2670 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2671 IgnoreAccess = true;
2674 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2675 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2676 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2680 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2684 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2685 const LookupResult &R,
2686 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2687 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2688 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2691 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2695 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2696 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2699 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2704 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2705 // -- a declaration of a class member
2706 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2708 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2711 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2712 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2713 // using-declaration
2714 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2715 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2716 // turn off ADL anyway).
2717 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2718 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2719 else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2722 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2723 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2725 // And also for builtin functions.
2726 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2727 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2729 // But also builtin functions.
2730 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2732 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2740 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2741 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2742 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2743 /// will in fact be used.
2744 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2745 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2746 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2750 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2751 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2755 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2756 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2763 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2764 LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL,
2765 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2766 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2767 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2768 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2769 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
2770 R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr,
2773 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2774 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2775 // functions and function templates.
2776 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2777 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2780 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2781 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2782 // we've picked a target.
2783 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2785 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2786 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2787 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2788 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2789 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2790 R.begin(), R.end());
2795 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2796 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
2797 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
2798 NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2799 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2800 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2801 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2802 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2804 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2805 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2808 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2809 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2810 // a template argument list.
2811 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) << (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ? 1 : 0)
2812 << Template << SS.getRange();
2813 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2817 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2818 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2820 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2821 << D << SS.getRange();
2822 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2826 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2827 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2828 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2829 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2830 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2833 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2834 if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl)
2837 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2838 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2839 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2840 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2841 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2842 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2846 QualType type = VD->getType();
2847 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2849 switch (D->getKind()) {
2850 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2851 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2852 #define VALUE(type, base)
2853 #define DECL(type, base) \
2855 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2856 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2858 // These shouldn't make it here.
2859 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2860 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2861 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2863 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2864 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2865 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2866 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2867 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2870 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2871 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2872 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2873 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2875 case Decl::IndirectField:
2876 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2877 "building reference to field in C?");
2879 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2880 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2881 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2882 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2885 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2886 // depending on the type.
2887 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2888 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2889 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2890 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2894 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2895 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2896 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2897 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2902 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
2903 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
2904 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2905 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2906 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2907 type->isVoidType()) {
2908 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2913 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2914 case Decl::ParmVar: {
2915 // These are always l-values.
2916 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2917 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2919 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
2920 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
2921 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
2922 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
2923 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
2924 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
2925 type = CapturedType;
2931 case Decl::Function: {
2932 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
2933 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
2934 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
2935 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2940 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
2942 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
2943 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2944 if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2945 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2946 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2950 // Functions are l-values in C++.
2951 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2952 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2956 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
2957 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
2958 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
2959 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
2961 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
2962 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
2963 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(),
2966 // Functions are r-values in C.
2967 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2971 case Decl::MSProperty:
2972 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2975 case Decl::CXXMethod:
2976 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
2977 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2978 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
2979 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
2980 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
2981 if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2982 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2983 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2987 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
2988 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
2989 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2994 case Decl::CXXConversion:
2995 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
2996 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
2997 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3001 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
3006 static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source,
3007 SmallString<32> &Target) {
3008 Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1));
3009 char *ResultPtr = &Target[0];
3010 const UTF8 *ErrorPtr;
3011 bool success = ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr);
3014 Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]);
3017 ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3018 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT) {
3019 // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
3020 Decl *currentDecl = nullptr;
3021 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
3022 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
3023 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
3024 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
3025 else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
3026 currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3028 currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3031 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
3032 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
3036 StringLiteral *SL = nullptr;
3037 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
3038 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
3040 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
3042 auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl);
3043 unsigned Length = Str.length();
3045 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
3046 if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction) {
3047 ResTy = Context.WideCharTy.withConst();
3048 SmallString<32> RawChars;
3049 ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(),
3051 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3052 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3053 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide,
3054 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3056 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
3057 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3058 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3059 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii,
3060 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3064 return new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT, SL);
3067 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3068 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
3071 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
3072 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
3073 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
3074 case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
3075 case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS]
3076 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
3077 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
3080 return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IT);
3083 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3084 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
3085 bool Invalid = false;
3086 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
3090 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
3092 if (Literal.hadError())
3096 if (Literal.isWide())
3097 Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
3098 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3099 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
3100 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3101 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
3102 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
3103 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
3105 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
3107 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
3108 if (Literal.isWide())
3109 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
3110 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3111 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
3112 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3113 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
3115 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
3118 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
3121 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3122 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3123 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3124 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3126 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3128 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
3130 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
3131 // operator "" X (ch)
3132 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
3133 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
3136 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
3137 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3138 return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
3139 Context.IntTy, Loc);
3142 static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
3143 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
3144 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
3146 using llvm::APFloat;
3147 APFloat Val(Format);
3149 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
3151 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
3152 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
3153 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
3154 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
3155 unsigned diagnostic;
3156 SmallString<20> buffer;
3157 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
3158 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
3159 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
3161 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
3162 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
3165 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
3167 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
3170 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
3171 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
3174 bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
3175 assert(E && "Invalid expression");
3177 if (E->isValueDependent())
3180 QualType QT = E->getType();
3181 if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) {
3182 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT;
3186 llvm::APSInt ValueAPS;
3187 ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS);
3192 bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive();
3193 if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) {
3194 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value)
3195 << ValueAPS.toString(10) << ValueIsPositive;
3202 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3203 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
3204 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
3205 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
3206 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
3207 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
3210 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
3211 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
3212 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
3213 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
3214 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
3215 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
3217 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
3218 bool Invalid = false;
3219 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
3223 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
3224 if (Literal.hadError)
3227 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
3228 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3229 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3230 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3231 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3233 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3235 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
3238 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3239 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3240 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3241 // operator "" X (f L)
3242 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3244 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3245 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3246 // operator "" X (n ULL)
3247 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3250 DeclarationName OpName =
3251 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
3252 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
3253 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
3255 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
3257 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
3258 // literal or a cooked one.
3259 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3260 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
3261 /*AllowRaw*/true, /*AllowTemplate*/true,
3262 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false)) {
3268 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3269 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
3271 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
3272 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
3273 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3274 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3275 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
3278 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3282 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
3283 // literal is treated as a call of the form
3284 // operator "" X ("n")
3285 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
3286 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
3287 Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
3288 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3289 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
3290 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
3291 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
3292 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3295 case LOLR_Template: {
3296 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
3297 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
3298 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
3299 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
3300 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
3301 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
3302 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3303 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
3304 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
3305 Value = TokSpelling[I];
3306 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
3307 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
3308 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
3310 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
3313 case LOLR_StringTemplate:
3314 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
3320 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3322 if (Literal.isFloat)
3323 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
3324 else if (!Literal.isLong)
3325 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
3327 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3329 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3331 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
3332 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
3333 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3334 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
3335 !((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) ||
3336 getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64)) {
3337 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
3338 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3341 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
3346 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
3347 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
3348 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3349 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3350 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
3351 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
3353 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
3356 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
3357 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
3358 // The microsoft literal suffix extensions support 128-bit literals, which
3359 // may be wider than [u]intmax_t.
3360 // FIXME: Actually, they don't. We seem to have accidentally invented the
3362 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 128 && MaxWidth < 128 &&
3363 Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type())
3365 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
3367 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
3368 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
3369 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3370 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3371 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3372 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
3373 "long long is not intmax_t?");
3375 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
3376 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
3378 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
3379 // be an unsigned int.
3380 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
3382 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
3385 // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized.
3386 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) {
3387 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger > MaxWidth) {
3388 // If this target doesn't support __int128, error and force to ull.
3389 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_int128_unsupported);
3391 Ty = Context.getIntMaxType();
3392 } else if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) {
3394 Ty = Context.CharTy;
3396 Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger;
3397 Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width,
3398 /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned);
3402 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3403 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3404 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3406 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3407 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3408 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3409 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3411 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3412 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3417 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3418 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3419 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3421 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3422 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3423 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3424 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3425 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3426 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3427 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3428 // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2
3430 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
3431 const unsigned LongLongSize =
3432 Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3433 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3434 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
3436 ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3437 : /*C++98 UB*/ diag::
3438 ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3439 : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long)
3440 << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0
3441 : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1);
3442 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3448 // Check long long if needed.
3450 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3452 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
3453 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
3454 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
3455 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
3456 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
3457 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
3458 (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && Literal.isLongLong)))
3459 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
3460 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3461 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3462 Width = LongLongSize;
3466 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
3467 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
3469 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed);
3470 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3471 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3474 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
3475 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
3477 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3480 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
3481 if (Literal.isImaginary)
3482 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
3483 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
3488 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
3489 assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
3490 return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E);
3493 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3495 SourceRange ArgRange) {
3496 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
3497 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
3498 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
3499 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
3500 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
3501 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
3506 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
3507 "Scalar types should always be complete");
3511 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3513 SourceRange ArgRange,
3514 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3515 // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
3516 if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
3520 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
3521 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
3522 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
3523 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3524 << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3528 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where
3529 // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k)
3530 if (T->isVoidType()) {
3531 unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type
3532 : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type;
3533 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3540 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
3542 SourceRange ArgRange,
3543 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3544 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
3545 // runtime doesn't allow it.
3546 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3547 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
3548 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
3556 /// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
3557 /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
3558 static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
3560 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
3561 if (T != E->getType())
3564 // Now look for array decays.
3565 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
3566 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
3569 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
3571 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
3574 /// \brief Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
3575 /// and type traits.
3577 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
3578 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
3579 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
3580 /// instantiation, etc.
3581 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
3582 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3583 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
3584 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3586 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3587 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3588 E->getSourceRange());
3590 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3591 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3592 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3595 // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of
3596 // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to
3597 // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown
3599 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3600 if (RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(),
3601 Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()),
3602 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type, ExprKind,
3603 E->getSourceRange()))
3606 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3607 ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
3611 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
3612 ExprTy = E->getType();
3613 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3615 if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
3616 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3617 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange();
3621 // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context,
3622 // so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
3623 if ((ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) &&
3624 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
3625 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
3627 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3628 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3631 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
3632 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3633 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
3634 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
3635 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
3636 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
3637 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
3639 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3644 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
3645 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
3646 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
3647 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3648 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3650 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3658 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
3661 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
3662 /// on those operands.
3664 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
3665 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
3666 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
3668 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
3669 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
3670 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
3672 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
3673 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
3674 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3675 SourceRange ExprRange,
3676 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3677 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
3680 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2:
3681 // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result
3682 // is the size of the referenced type.
3683 // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3684 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result
3685 // shall be the alignment of the referenced type.
3686 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3687 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
3689 // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3690 // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result
3691 // is the alignment of the element type.
3692 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign)
3693 ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType);
3695 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3696 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
3698 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3699 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3703 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
3704 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3705 ExprKind, ExprRange))
3708 if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
3709 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3710 << ExprKind << ExprRange;
3714 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3721 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3722 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3724 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3725 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3728 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
3729 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield)
3730 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
3734 ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
3735 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3737 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3738 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
3741 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
3742 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
3744 // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member
3745 // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression
3746 // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member
3747 // in a trailing-return-type.
3749 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
3750 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
3751 // nonsensical answer 0.
3753 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
3754 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
3755 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
3756 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
3758 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3759 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
3760 // definition if we can find a member of it.
3761 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
3762 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
3763 << E->getSourceRange();
3767 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
3768 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
3769 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
3770 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
3771 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
3775 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
3778 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
3779 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3781 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3782 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3785 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
3788 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
3790 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3791 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3792 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3797 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
3799 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
3800 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
3803 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3804 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3805 ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd());
3808 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
3811 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3812 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3813 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
3819 // Verify that the operand is valid.
3820 bool isInvalid = false;
3821 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
3822 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3823 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3824 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
3825 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
3826 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
3827 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
3828 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr);
3830 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
3831 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
3834 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
3840 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
3841 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
3842 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3846 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3847 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3848 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
3851 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
3852 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
3853 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
3855 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3856 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
3857 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
3858 // If error parsing type, ignore.
3859 if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError();
3862 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3863 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
3864 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
3867 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
3868 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
3872 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
3874 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
3875 return S.Context.DependentTy;
3877 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
3878 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
3879 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get());
3884 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
3885 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
3886 return CT->getElementType();
3888 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
3889 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3890 return V.get()->getType();
3892 // Test for placeholders.
3893 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
3894 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
3895 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
3897 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
3900 // Reject anything else.
3901 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
3902 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
3909 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3910 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
3911 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
3913 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
3914 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
3915 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
3918 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3919 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
3920 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3921 Input = Result.get();
3923 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
3926 /// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
3928 /// \return true on error
3929 static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
3930 SourceLocation opLoc,
3932 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
3933 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
3934 !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
3937 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3938 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
3939 << op->getSourceRange();
3944 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
3945 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
3946 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3947 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
3948 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
3949 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3950 base = result.get();
3953 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
3954 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
3955 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
3956 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
3958 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
3959 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
3960 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3961 base = result.get();
3963 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
3964 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
3965 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3969 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
3970 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3971 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
3972 return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy,
3973 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
3976 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
3977 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
3978 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
3979 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
3980 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
3982 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
3983 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
3984 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3985 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
3986 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3987 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
3988 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
3991 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
3995 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3996 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
3997 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
4000 // Perform default conversions.
4001 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4002 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
4003 if (Result.isInvalid())
4005 LHSExp = Result.get();
4007 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
4008 if (Result.isInvalid())
4010 RHSExp = Result.get();
4012 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4013 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
4014 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4016 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
4017 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
4018 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
4019 // and index from the expression types.
4020 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
4021 QualType ResultType;
4022 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
4025 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
4026 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4029 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4030 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4031 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4035 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
4037 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
4038 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr,
4041 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4042 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4043 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4046 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4047 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4048 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4049 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4052 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4053 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
4054 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
4055 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4058 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4059 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
4061 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
4062 if (VK != VK_RValue)
4063 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
4065 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
4066 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
4067 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4068 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
4069 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
4070 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
4071 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
4072 // force the promotion here.
4073 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4074 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
4075 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
4076 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4077 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
4081 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4082 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4083 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
4084 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4085 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
4086 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
4087 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4088 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4092 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4094 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
4095 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
4098 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4099 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
4100 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
4102 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4103 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4104 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4105 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
4107 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4108 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4109 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4110 // incomplete types are not object types.
4111 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
4112 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
4113 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4117 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4118 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
4119 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
4120 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4122 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
4123 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
4124 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
4125 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
4126 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
4127 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
4130 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
4131 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
4133 return new (Context)
4134 ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc);
4137 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4139 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4140 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
4142 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
4143 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
4144 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
4145 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
4149 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
4150 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
4152 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated,
4155 // Instantiate the expression.
4156 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
4157 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, nullptr, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
4159 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
4160 MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
4161 if (Inst.isInvalid())
4166 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
4167 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
4168 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
4169 // default argument expression appears.
4170 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
4171 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
4172 Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList);
4174 if (Result.isInvalid())
4177 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
4178 InitializedEntity Entity
4179 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
4180 InitializationKind Kind
4181 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
4182 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
4183 Expr *ResultE = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4185 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4186 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4187 if (Result.isInvalid())
4190 Expr *Arg = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4191 CheckCompletedExpr(Arg, Param->getOuterLocStart());
4192 // Build the default argument expression.
4193 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4196 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
4197 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
4198 // be properly destroyed.
4199 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
4200 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
4201 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
4202 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
4203 if (isa<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
4204 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
4205 // any explicit objects.
4206 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
4208 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
4209 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
4210 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
4211 assert(!cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())->getNumObjects() &&
4212 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
4215 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
4216 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
4217 // as being "referenced".
4218 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
4219 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
4220 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param);
4224 Sema::VariadicCallType
4225 Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4227 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
4228 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
4229 return VariadicConstructor;
4230 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
4231 return VariadicBlock;
4233 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4234 if (Method->isInstance())
4235 return VariadicMethod;
4236 } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
4237 return VariadicMethod;
4238 return VariadicFunction;
4240 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
4244 class FunctionCallCCC : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
4246 FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
4247 unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME)
4248 : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME),
4249 FunctionName(FuncName) {}
4251 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
4252 if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
4253 candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
4257 return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
4261 const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
4265 static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
4266 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4267 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
4268 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
4269 DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName();
4270 SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getLocStart();
4272 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo(
4273 DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
4274 S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr,
4275 llvm::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4277 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
4278 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()) {
4279 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
4280 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
4281 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4282 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
4283 CDEnd = Corrected.end();
4284 CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
4285 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
4286 S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
4289 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) {
4291 ND = Best->Function;
4292 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
4298 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
4303 return TypoCorrection();
4306 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
4307 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
4308 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
4309 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
4310 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
4311 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
4313 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4314 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4315 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4316 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4317 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4318 bool IsExecConfig) {
4319 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4321 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
4322 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
4325 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
4326 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
4327 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4328 bool Invalid = false;
4329 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams;
4330 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
4332 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
4333 : 0 /* function */);
4335 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
4336 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
4337 if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
4338 if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
4340 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4342 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4343 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
4344 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
4345 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
4346 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4347 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4348 } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4350 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4351 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
4352 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
4353 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
4355 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4356 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
4357 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4358 << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4359 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4361 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4362 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4363 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4368 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4371 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
4373 if (Args.size() > NumParams) {
4374 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
4376 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4378 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4379 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
4380 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
4381 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams
4382 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4383 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4384 } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl &&
4385 FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4386 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4387 MinArgs == NumParams
4388 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
4389 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
4390 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0)
4391 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange()
4392 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4393 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4395 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4396 MinArgs == NumParams
4397 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
4398 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4399 << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4400 << Fn->getSourceRange()
4401 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4402 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4404 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4405 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4406 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4409 // This deletes the extra arguments.
4410 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4414 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
4415 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
4417 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
4418 Proto, 0, Args, AllArgs, CallType);
4421 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
4422 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
4423 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
4428 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4429 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4430 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4431 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
4432 VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit,
4433 bool IsListInitialization) {
4434 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4435 bool Invalid = false;
4437 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
4438 for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) {
4439 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i);
4442 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr;
4443 if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
4444 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
4446 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4448 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4451 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
4452 bool CFAudited = false;
4453 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
4454 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4455 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4456 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
4457 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4458 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4459 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4462 InitializedEntity Entity =
4463 Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param,
4465 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4466 Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
4468 // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
4470 Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
4472 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(
4473 Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit);
4474 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4477 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4479 assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
4481 ExprResult ArgExpr =
4482 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
4483 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
4486 Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>();
4489 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
4490 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
4491 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
4492 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
4494 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
4495 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4497 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
4500 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4501 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
4502 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
4503 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
4504 if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl &&
4505 FDecl->isExternC()) {
4506 for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4507 QualType paramType; // ignored
4508 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, Args[i], paramType);
4509 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
4510 AllArgs.push_back(arg.get());
4513 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4515 for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4516 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType,
4518 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
4519 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get());
4523 // Check for array bounds violations.
4524 for (unsigned i = ArgIx, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i)
4525 CheckArrayAccess(Args[i]);
4530 static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
4531 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
4532 if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
4533 TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
4534 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
4535 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
4536 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
4539 /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
4540 /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
4541 /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
4543 /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
4544 /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
4545 /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
4546 /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
4548 Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4550 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4551 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
4552 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4555 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
4557 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
4558 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
4561 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4562 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
4563 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
4564 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4568 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
4572 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
4573 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
4577 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
4578 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
4579 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
4580 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
4581 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4582 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4586 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
4587 /// to have a function type.
4588 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
4590 /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
4591 /// immediately during argument processing?
4592 static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
4593 // Placeholders are never sugared.
4594 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
4595 if (!placeholder) return false;
4597 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
4598 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
4599 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
4600 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
4601 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4604 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
4605 // by the call machinery.
4606 case BuiltinType::Overload:
4609 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
4610 // should be left in place.
4611 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
4614 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
4615 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
4618 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
4619 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
4620 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
4623 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
4624 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
4625 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
4628 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
4631 /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
4633 static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
4634 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
4635 // dying at the first failure.
4636 bool hasInvalid = false;
4637 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
4638 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
4639 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
4640 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
4641 else args[i] = result.get();
4642 } else if (hasInvalid) {
4643 (void)S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(args[i]);
4649 /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address
4650 /// space, than it should be able to accept a pointer to any address
4651 /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the
4652 /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space
4655 /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e.
4656 /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without
4657 /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten
4658 /// FunctionDecl is returned.
4659 /// TODO: Handle pointer return types.
4660 static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context,
4661 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4662 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
4664 QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType();
4665 const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType);
4667 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) ||
4668 !FT || FT->isVariadic() || ArgExprs.size() != FT->getNumParams())
4671 bool NeedsNewDecl = false;
4673 SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams;
4675 for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) {
4677 // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup.
4678 Expr *Arg = Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]).get();
4679 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
4680 if (!ParamType->isPointerType() ||
4681 ParamType.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() ||
4682 !ArgType->isPointerType() ||
4683 !ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
4684 OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType);
4688 NeedsNewDecl = true;
4689 unsigned AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
4691 QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType();
4692 PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS);
4693 OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType));
4699 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
4700 QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(),
4701 OverloadParams, EPI);
4702 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
4703 FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent,
4704 FDecl->getLocation(),
4705 FDecl->getLocation(),
4706 FDecl->getIdentifier(),
4710 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
4711 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
4712 FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy);
4713 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
4714 QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i);
4716 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(),
4717 SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType,
4718 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
4719 Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
4720 Params.push_back(Parm);
4722 OverloadDecl->setParams(Params);
4723 return OverloadDecl;
4726 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4727 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4730 Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4731 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4732 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
4733 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4734 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn);
4735 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4738 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
4741 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4742 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
4743 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
4744 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
4745 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
4746 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
4747 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4748 SourceRange(ArgExprs[0]->getLocStart(),
4749 ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
4752 return new (Context)
4753 CallExpr(Context, Fn, None, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4755 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
4756 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
4757 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4761 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
4762 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
4763 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
4765 bool Dependent = false;
4766 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
4768 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
4773 return new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
4774 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
4775 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4777 return new (Context) CallExpr(
4778 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4782 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
4783 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
4784 return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
4787 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4788 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4789 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4793 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
4794 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc);
4798 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
4799 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
4800 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
4802 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic for if there's an '&' involved.
4803 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
4804 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
4805 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) {
4806 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl);
4807 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
4808 RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
4810 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
4816 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
4817 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4818 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4819 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4823 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
4825 NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr;
4826 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn))
4827 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
4828 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4830 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) {
4831 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
4833 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
4834 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
4835 // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing paramaters
4836 // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments
4838 if ((FDecl = rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) {
4840 Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(),
4841 SourceLocation(), FDecl, false,
4842 SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(),
4843 Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl);
4846 } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
4847 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
4849 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) {
4850 if (FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>()) {
4851 if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = CheckEnableIf(FD, ArgExprs, true)) {
4852 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
4853 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) ?
4854 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call :
4855 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
4856 << FD << FD->getSourceRange();
4857 Diag(FD->getLocation(),
4858 diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr)
4859 << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
4864 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
4865 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
4868 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
4870 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
4872 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4873 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4874 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4875 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
4876 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4877 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
4878 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
4879 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
4880 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4881 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
4884 << E->getSourceRange());
4885 return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4888 /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
4889 /// provided arguments.
4891 /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
4893 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4894 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4895 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4896 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4897 GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
4898 return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4901 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
4902 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
4903 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
4904 /// block-pointer type.
4906 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
4908 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4909 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4910 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4911 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4912 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
4913 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
4914 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
4916 // Promote the function operand.
4917 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
4918 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
4921 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
4922 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
4923 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
4925 Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn);
4927 if (Result.isInvalid())
4931 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
4932 // of arguments and function on error.
4935 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
4936 cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args,
4937 Context.BoolTy, VK_RValue,
4940 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, Context.BoolTy,
4941 VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
4943 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4944 // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct
4945 // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle
4946 // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been
4948 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall);
4949 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
4950 TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get());
4951 if (!TheCall) return Result;
4954 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4955 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
4956 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
4959 const FunctionType *FuncT;
4960 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4961 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
4962 // have type pointer to function".
4963 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
4965 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
4966 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4967 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
4968 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4969 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
4971 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
4972 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
4973 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
4974 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4976 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
4980 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
4981 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4984 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4986 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
4987 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
4988 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
4989 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4991 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
4992 if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
4993 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
4994 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
4996 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
4997 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
4998 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
4999 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5003 // Check for a valid return type
5004 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
5008 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
5009 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
5010 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType()));
5012 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
5014 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
5018 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
5021 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
5022 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
5023 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
5024 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
5025 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5026 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
5027 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
5028 << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
5031 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
5032 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
5033 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
5034 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5037 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
5038 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5039 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
5041 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) {
5042 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5043 Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
5045 PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
5046 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5049 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5052 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
5054 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5057 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5060 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
5062 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
5065 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
5069 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
5070 if (!Method->isStatic())
5071 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
5072 << Fn->getSourceRange());
5074 // Check for sentinels
5076 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
5078 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
5080 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5084 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5086 if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5089 if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
5093 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
5097 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
5098 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
5099 assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
5100 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
5101 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
5103 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5104 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
5106 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
5108 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
5112 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5113 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
5114 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
5116 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
5117 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
5118 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
5119 SourceRange(LParenLoc,
5120 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5122 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
5123 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
5124 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
5125 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
5126 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
5127 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
5128 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5131 InitializedEntity Entity
5132 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
5133 InitializationKind Kind
5134 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
5135 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
5137 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
5138 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
5140 if (Result.isInvalid())
5142 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
5144 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == nullptr;
5146 !LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
5147 !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
5148 !literalType->isDependentType()) { // 6.5.2.5p3
5149 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
5153 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
5154 ExprValueKind VK = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue;
5156 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
5157 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
5158 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
5162 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5163 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
5164 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
5165 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
5166 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5167 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
5168 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
5170 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
5171 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
5172 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
5174 InitArgList[I] = result.get();
5178 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
5179 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
5181 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
5183 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
5187 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
5188 static void maybeExtendBlockObject(Sema &S, ExprResult &E) {
5189 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
5190 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
5192 // Only do this in an r-value context.
5193 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
5195 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, E.get()->getType(),
5196 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
5197 /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_RValue);
5198 S.ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5201 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
5203 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
5204 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
5205 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5207 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
5208 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, E);
5209 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5211 assert(type->isPointerType());
5212 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5216 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
5217 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
5218 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
5219 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
5220 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
5221 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
5223 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
5224 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
5227 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5228 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5229 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5231 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5232 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5233 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5234 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5235 case Type::STK_CPointer: {
5236 unsigned SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5237 unsigned DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5238 if (SrcAS != DestAS)
5239 return CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
5242 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5243 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
5244 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
5245 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5246 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
5248 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
5249 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5250 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, Src);
5251 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5252 case Type::STK_Bool:
5253 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
5254 case Type::STK_Integral:
5255 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
5256 case Type::STK_Floating:
5257 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5258 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5259 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5260 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
5262 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5264 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
5265 case Type::STK_Integral:
5266 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5267 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5268 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5269 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5270 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5271 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5272 return CK_NullToPointer;
5273 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
5274 case Type::STK_Bool:
5275 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
5276 case Type::STK_Integral:
5277 return CK_IntegralCast;
5278 case Type::STK_Floating:
5279 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5280 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5281 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5282 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5284 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5285 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5286 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5287 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5288 CK_IntegralToFloating);
5289 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5290 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5291 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5293 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5295 case Type::STK_Floating:
5296 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5297 case Type::STK_Floating:
5298 return CK_FloatingCast;
5299 case Type::STK_Bool:
5300 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
5301 case Type::STK_Integral:
5302 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5303 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5304 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5305 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5307 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5308 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5309 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5310 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5311 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
5312 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5313 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5314 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5315 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5316 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
5317 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5318 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5320 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5322 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5323 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5324 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5325 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
5326 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5327 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
5328 case Type::STK_Floating: {
5329 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5330 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5331 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
5332 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5333 return CK_FloatingCast;
5335 case Type::STK_Bool:
5336 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
5337 case Type::STK_Integral:
5338 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5339 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5340 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5341 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5342 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5343 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5344 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5345 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
5346 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5347 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5349 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5351 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5352 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5353 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5354 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
5355 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5356 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
5357 case Type::STK_Integral: {
5358 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5359 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5360 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
5361 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5362 return CK_IntegralCast;
5364 case Type::STK_Bool:
5365 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
5366 case Type::STK_Floating:
5367 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5368 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5369 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5370 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5371 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5372 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5373 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5374 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
5375 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5376 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5378 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5381 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
5384 static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len,
5385 QualType &eltType) {
5386 // Vectors are simple.
5387 if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5388 len = vecType->getNumElements();
5389 eltType = vecType->getElementType();
5390 assert(eltType->isScalarType());
5394 // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if
5395 // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types).
5396 if (!type->isRealType()) return false;
5403 static bool VectorTypesMatch(Sema &S, QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5404 uint64_t srcLen, destLen;
5405 QualType srcElt, destElt;
5406 if (!breakDownVectorType(srcTy, srcLen, srcElt)) return false;
5407 if (!breakDownVectorType(destTy, destLen, destElt)) return false;
5409 // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a
5410 // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw
5411 // element size multiplied by the element count.
5412 uint64_t srcEltSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(srcElt);
5413 uint64_t destEltSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(destElt);
5415 return (srcLen * srcEltSize == destLen * destEltSize);
5418 /// Is this a legal conversion between two known vector types?
5419 bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5420 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5422 if (!Context.getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions)
5424 return VectorTypesMatch(*this, srcTy, destTy);
5427 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
5429 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
5431 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
5432 if (!VectorTypesMatch(*this, Ty, VectorTy))
5433 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5434 Ty->isVectorType() ?
5435 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
5436 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
5437 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5439 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5440 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5441 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5447 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
5448 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
5449 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
5451 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
5453 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
5454 // an ExtVectorType.
5455 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
5456 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
5457 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
5458 if (!VectorTypesMatch(*this, SrcTy, DestTy)
5459 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
5460 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
5461 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
5462 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5469 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
5470 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
5471 // splat from elt type to vector.
5472 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
5473 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5474 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5475 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5477 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
5478 ExprResult CastExprRes = CastExpr;
5479 CastKind CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
5480 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
5482 CastExpr = ImpCastExprToType(CastExprRes.get(), DestElemTy, CK).get();
5484 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
5489 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5490 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
5491 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
5492 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&
5493 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
5495 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
5496 if (D.isInvalidType())
5499 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5500 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
5501 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5503 // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with.
5504 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr);
5505 if (!Res.isUsable())
5507 CastExpr = Res.get();
5510 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
5512 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
5513 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
5515 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
5517 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
5518 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
5519 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
5520 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
5521 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5522 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
5523 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
5524 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
5527 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
5528 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
5529 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
5530 isVectorLiteral = true;
5533 isVectorLiteral = true;
5536 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
5537 // then handle it as such.
5538 if (isVectorLiteral)
5539 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
5541 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
5542 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
5543 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
5544 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
5545 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
5546 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5547 CastExpr = Result.get();
5550 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() &&
5551 !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc))
5552 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange();
5554 CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr);
5556 CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr);
5558 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
5561 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5562 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
5563 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
5564 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
5565 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
5570 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
5571 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
5572 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
5573 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
5574 exprs = PE->getExprs();
5575 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
5576 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
5577 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
5578 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
5579 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
5584 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
5585 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
5587 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
5588 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
5589 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
5591 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
5592 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
5593 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
5594 // replicated to all the components of the vector
5595 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
5596 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
5597 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
5598 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
5599 if (numExprs == 1) {
5600 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5601 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
5602 if (Literal.isInvalid())
5604 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
5605 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
5606 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
5608 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
5609 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
5610 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
5614 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
5617 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
5618 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
5619 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
5620 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
5622 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5623 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
5624 if (Literal.isInvalid())
5626 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
5627 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
5628 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
5631 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
5633 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
5634 // braces instead of the original commas.
5635 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
5636 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
5638 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
5641 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
5642 /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
5644 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
5645 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
5649 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
5651 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
5652 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
5655 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5657 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
5660 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
5663 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
5667 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
5668 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
5670 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
5671 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5672 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
5673 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
5674 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
5675 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5676 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
5678 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
5680 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
5682 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5683 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
5686 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
5689 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
5692 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
5693 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
5694 // string in the source code.
5695 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5696 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
5697 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
5701 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
5702 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
5703 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
5704 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
5708 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
5709 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5710 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
5712 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type.
5713 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) {
5714 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
5715 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
5720 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
5722 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
5723 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
5727 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
5728 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5730 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
5731 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
5733 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
5734 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
5735 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5736 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
5737 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
5738 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5739 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
5740 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
5741 return S.Context.VoidTy;
5744 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
5746 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
5747 QualType PointerTy) {
5748 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
5749 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
5750 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5753 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
5757 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
5759 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5761 SourceLocation Loc) {
5762 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5763 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5765 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
5766 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
5770 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
5772 // Get the pointee types.
5773 bool IsBlockPointer = false;
5774 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5775 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
5776 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5777 IsBlockPointer = true;
5779 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5780 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5783 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
5784 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
5785 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
5788 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
5789 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
5790 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
5792 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
5793 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
5795 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
5796 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
5797 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
5799 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
5800 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
5802 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
5804 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
5805 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
5806 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5807 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5808 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
5809 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
5810 // to get a consistent AST.
5811 QualType incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
5812 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5813 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
5817 // The pointer types are compatible.
5818 QualType ResultTy = CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
5820 ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
5822 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
5824 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
5825 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, CK_BitCast);
5829 /// \brief Returns true if QT is quelified-id and implements 'NSObject' and/or
5830 /// 'NSCopying' protocols (and nothing else); or QT is an NSObject and optionally
5831 /// implements 'NSObject' and/or NSCopying' protocols (and nothing else).
5832 static bool isObjCPtrBlockCompatible(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, QualType QT) {
5833 if (QT->isObjCIdType())
5836 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5840 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5841 if (ID->getIdentifier() != &C.Idents.get("NSObject"))
5844 ObjCProtocolDecl* PNSCopying =
5845 S.LookupProtocol(&C.Idents.get("NSCopying"), SourceLocation());
5846 ObjCProtocolDecl* PNSObject =
5847 S.LookupProtocol(&C.Idents.get("NSObject"), SourceLocation());
5849 for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
5850 if ((PNSCopying && declaresSameEntity(Proto, PNSCopying)) ||
5851 (PNSObject && declaresSameEntity(Proto, PNSObject)))
5859 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
5860 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
5863 SourceLocation Loc) {
5864 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5865 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5867 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
5868 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
5869 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
5870 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5871 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5874 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5875 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
5876 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5880 // We have 2 block pointer types.
5881 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
5884 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
5886 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5888 SourceLocation Loc) {
5889 // get the pointer types
5890 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5891 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5893 // get the "pointed to" types
5894 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5895 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5897 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
5898 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
5899 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
5900 QualType destPointee
5901 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
5902 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5903 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5904 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5905 // Promote to void*.
5906 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5909 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
5910 QualType destPointee
5911 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
5912 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
5913 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
5914 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
5915 // Promote to void*.
5916 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
5920 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
5923 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
5924 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
5925 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
5926 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
5927 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
5928 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
5929 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
5932 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
5933 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
5935 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
5936 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
5937 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
5938 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(),
5939 CK_IntegralToPointer);
5943 /// \brief Simple conversion between integer and floating point types.
5945 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
5946 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
5948 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar
5949 /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two
5950 /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result
5951 /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No
5952 /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use
5953 /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always
5954 /// promotes promotable types.
5955 static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
5957 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5958 LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5959 if (LHS.isInvalid())
5961 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5962 if (RHS.isInvalid())
5965 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
5966 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
5968 S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
5970 S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
5972 if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
5973 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
5974 << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5978 if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
5979 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
5980 << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5984 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
5985 if (LHSType == RHSType)
5988 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5989 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
5990 return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
5991 /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
5993 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5994 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
5995 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
5998 /// \brief Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the
5999 /// condition in length.
6001 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6002 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6004 /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands
6005 /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted
6006 /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition
6007 /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result
6008 /// and the condition must have the same number of bits.
6010 OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6011 QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6012 QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6013 if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6015 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6018 // Determine the vector result type
6019 unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements();
6020 QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements);
6022 // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits
6023 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType())
6024 != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) {
6025 // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print
6026 // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description.
6027 std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString();
6028 SmallString<64> Str;
6029 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
6030 OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)";
6031 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6032 << CondTy << OS.str();
6036 // Convert operands to the vector result type
6037 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6038 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6043 /// \brief Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector
6044 static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond,
6045 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6046 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of
6048 const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
6050 QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType();
6051 if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false;
6053 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6054 << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange();
6058 /// \brief Return false if the vector condition type and the vector
6059 /// result type are compatible.
6061 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same
6062 /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number
6064 static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy,
6065 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6066 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6067 const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6070 if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) {
6071 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size)
6072 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6076 QualType CVE = CV->getElementType();
6077 QualType RVE = RV->getElementType();
6079 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) {
6080 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6081 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6088 /// \brief Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in
6089 /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1
6090 /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type.
6092 OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond,
6093 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6094 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6095 Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get());
6096 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6098 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
6100 if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6103 // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the
6104 // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i.
6105 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6106 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6107 QualType VecResTy = S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc,
6108 /*isCompAssign*/false);
6109 if (VecResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6110 // The result type must match the condition type as specified in
6111 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6.
6112 if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc))
6117 // Both operands are scalar.
6118 return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc);
6121 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
6122 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
6124 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
6125 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6127 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6129 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
6130 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6133 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
6134 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6137 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
6138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6139 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
6144 // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently
6145 // different to merit its own checker.
6146 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6147 return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6149 // First, check the condition.
6150 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get());
6151 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6153 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6156 // Now check the two expressions.
6157 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6158 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6159 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
6161 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
6162 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6165 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6166 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6168 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
6169 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
6170 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
6171 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
6172 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
6177 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
6179 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
6180 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
6181 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
6182 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
6183 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
6184 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
6185 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
6188 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
6189 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
6190 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
6191 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
6194 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
6195 // the type of the other operand."
6196 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
6197 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
6199 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
6200 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
6202 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6204 if (!compositeType.isNull())
6205 return compositeType;
6208 // Handle block pointer types.
6209 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
6210 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6213 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
6214 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
6215 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6218 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
6219 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
6220 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6221 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
6223 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6224 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
6227 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
6228 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
6229 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
6230 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
6233 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
6234 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6235 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6236 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6240 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
6241 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
6242 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6243 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6244 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6245 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6247 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
6248 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
6249 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
6250 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6251 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6252 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6255 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6256 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6257 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6260 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
6261 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6262 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6263 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6266 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6267 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6268 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6271 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
6272 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
6273 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6274 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6277 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
6278 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6279 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6282 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
6283 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6285 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
6286 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
6289 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6290 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6291 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
6293 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
6294 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
6295 // type. This allows
6296 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
6297 // where B is a subclass of A.
6299 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
6300 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
6301 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
6302 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
6304 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
6305 // It could return the composite type.
6306 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
6307 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
6308 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
6309 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
6310 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
6311 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
6312 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
6313 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
6314 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
6315 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
6316 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
6317 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6318 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
6319 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6320 } else if (!(compositeType =
6321 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
6324 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6326 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6327 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
6328 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6329 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6332 // The object pointer types are compatible.
6333 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6334 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6335 return compositeType;
6337 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
6338 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6339 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6340 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6341 // so these types are not compatible.
6342 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6343 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6347 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6348 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6349 QualType destPointee
6350 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6351 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6352 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6353 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6354 // Promote to void*.
6355 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6358 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6359 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6360 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6361 // so these types are not compatible.
6362 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6363 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6367 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6368 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6369 QualType destPointee
6370 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6371 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6372 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6373 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6374 // Promote to void*.
6375 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6381 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
6382 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
6383 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6384 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
6385 SourceRange ParenRange) {
6386 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6387 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
6389 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
6390 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6391 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6393 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
6394 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
6398 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
6399 return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr;
6402 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
6403 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
6404 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
6406 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
6408 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
6409 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6410 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
6411 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6413 // Built-in binary operator.
6414 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6415 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
6416 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
6417 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
6422 // Overloaded operator.
6423 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6424 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
6427 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
6428 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
6429 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
6430 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
6431 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
6434 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
6435 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
6437 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
6445 static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
6446 return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr);
6449 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
6450 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
6451 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
6452 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
6453 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6455 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
6457 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
6458 return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode());
6459 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6460 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
6461 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
6467 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
6468 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
6469 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
6470 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
6471 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
6472 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6476 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
6479 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
6481 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
6484 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
6485 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
6487 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
6488 << Condition->getSourceRange()
6489 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
6491 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6492 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
6493 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
6494 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
6496 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6497 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
6498 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
6501 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
6502 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
6503 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
6504 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
6505 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
6507 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6508 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it
6509 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
6510 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
6511 ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr);
6512 if (!CondResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
6513 CondExpr = CondResult.get();
6516 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
6517 // was the condition.
6518 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr;
6519 Expr *commonExpr = nullptr;
6521 commonExpr = CondExpr;
6522 // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
6523 // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
6524 // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
6525 if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6526 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
6527 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
6528 commonExpr = result.get();
6530 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
6531 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
6532 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6533 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
6534 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
6535 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
6536 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
6537 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
6538 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
6539 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
6540 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
6542 commonExpr = commonRes.get();
6545 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
6546 commonExpr->getType(),
6547 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
6548 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
6550 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
6553 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
6554 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
6555 ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
6556 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
6557 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
6558 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
6562 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
6565 CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc);
6568 return new (Context)
6569 ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc,
6570 RHS.get(), result, VK, OK);
6572 return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator(
6573 commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6574 ColonLoc, result, VK, OK);
6577 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
6578 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
6579 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
6580 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
6581 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
6582 static Sema::AssignConvertType
6583 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
6584 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
6585 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
6587 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
6588 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
6589 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
6590 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
6591 cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
6592 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
6593 cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
6595 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
6597 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
6598 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
6599 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
6601 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
6602 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
6603 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
6604 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
6605 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
6606 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
6609 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
6610 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
6611 if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq))
6612 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6614 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
6616 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
6617 .compatiblyIncludes(
6618 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
6619 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
6622 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
6623 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
6624 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6626 // For GCC compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
6627 // as still compatible in C.
6628 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6631 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
6632 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
6633 // version of void...
6634 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
6635 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
6638 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
6639 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
6640 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
6643 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
6644 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
6647 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
6648 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
6649 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
6652 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
6653 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
6654 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
6655 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
6656 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
6657 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
6658 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
6659 if (lhptee->isCharType())
6660 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6661 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
6662 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
6664 if (rhptee->isCharType())
6665 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6666 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
6667 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
6669 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
6670 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
6671 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
6672 // warning can be disabled.
6673 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
6676 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
6679 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
6680 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
6681 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
6682 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
6683 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
6685 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
6686 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
6687 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
6689 if (lhptee == rhptee)
6690 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
6693 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
6694 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6696 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6697 S.IsNoReturnConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
6698 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6702 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
6703 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
6704 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
6706 static Sema::AssignConvertType
6707 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
6709 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
6710 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
6712 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
6714 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
6715 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
6716 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
6718 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
6719 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6720 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
6722 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
6724 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
6725 if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers())
6726 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6728 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
6729 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
6734 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
6735 /// for assignment compatibility.
6736 static Sema::AssignConvertType
6737 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
6739 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
6740 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
6742 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6743 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
6744 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
6745 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
6746 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6747 return Sema::Compatible;
6749 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6750 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
6751 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
6752 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6753 return Sema::Compatible;
6755 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6756 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6758 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
6759 // make an exception for id<P>
6760 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6761 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
6763 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
6764 return Sema::Compatible;
6765 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6766 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
6767 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
6770 Sema::AssignConvertType
6771 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6772 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
6773 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
6774 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
6775 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
6776 // usually happen on valid code.
6777 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
6778 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
6779 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
6781 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K);
6784 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
6785 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
6786 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
6790 /// struct foo *pfoo;
6792 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
6793 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
6794 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
6795 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
6797 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
6798 /// C99 spec dictates.
6800 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
6801 Sema::AssignConvertType
6802 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
6804 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6805 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
6807 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
6809 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
6810 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
6812 // Common case: no conversion required.
6813 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
6818 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
6819 // atomic qualification step.
6820 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
6821 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
6822 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
6823 if (result != Compatible)
6825 if (Kind != CK_NoOp)
6826 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
6827 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
6831 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
6832 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
6833 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
6834 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
6835 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
6836 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
6838 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
6839 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
6840 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
6843 return Incompatible;
6846 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
6847 // to the same ExtVector type.
6848 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
6849 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
6850 return Incompatible;
6851 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
6852 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the
6854 QualType elType = cast<ExtVectorType>(LHSType)->getElementType();
6855 if (elType != RHSType) {
6856 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, elType);
6857 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), elType, Kind);
6859 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
6864 // Conversions to or from vector type.
6865 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
6866 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
6867 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
6868 // vector type and vice versa
6869 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
6874 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
6875 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
6876 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
6877 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
6879 return IncompatibleVectors;
6882 return Incompatible;
6885 // Arithmetic conversions.
6886 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
6887 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
6888 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
6892 // Conversions to normal pointers.
6893 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
6895 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6896 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
6897 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
6898 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
6899 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6903 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6904 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
6905 return IntToPointer;
6908 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
6909 // with two exceptions:
6910 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
6911 // - conversions to void*
6912 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6917 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
6918 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
6919 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
6920 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
6926 return IncompatiblePointer;
6930 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6931 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6937 return Incompatible;
6940 // Conversions to block pointers.
6941 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
6943 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
6945 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6948 // int or null -> T^
6949 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6950 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
6951 return IntToBlockPointer;
6955 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
6956 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
6961 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
6962 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
6963 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
6967 return Incompatible;
6970 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
6971 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
6973 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6975 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
6976 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
6977 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6978 result == Compatible &&
6979 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
6980 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
6984 // int or null -> A*
6985 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6986 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
6987 return IntToPointer;
6990 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
6991 // with two exceptions:
6992 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
6993 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
6995 // - conversions from 'void*'
6996 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
7000 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
7001 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7002 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
7003 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7007 return IncompatiblePointer;
7010 // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer.
7011 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
7012 isObjCPtrBlockCompatible(*this, Context, LHSType)) {
7013 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, RHS);
7014 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7018 return Incompatible;
7021 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
7022 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7024 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7025 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7030 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7031 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7032 return PointerToInt;
7035 return Incompatible;
7038 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
7039 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7041 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7042 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7047 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7048 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7049 return PointerToInt;
7052 return Incompatible;
7055 // struct A -> struct B
7056 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
7057 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7063 return Incompatible;
7066 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
7067 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
7068 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
7069 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
7071 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
7072 // of the transparent union.
7073 Expr *E = EResult.get();
7074 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
7075 E, SourceLocation());
7076 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
7077 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
7079 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
7080 // union type from this initializer list.
7081 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
7082 EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
7083 VK_RValue, Initializer, false);
7086 Sema::AssignConvertType
7087 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7089 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7091 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
7092 // transparent_union GCC extension.
7093 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
7094 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
7095 return Incompatible;
7097 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
7098 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
7099 FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr;
7100 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
7101 for (auto *it : UD->fields()) {
7102 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7103 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
7105 // 2) null pointer constant
7106 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
7107 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7108 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
7113 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7114 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7115 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(),
7122 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7123 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
7125 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind);
7132 return Incompatible;
7134 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
7138 Sema::AssignConvertType
7139 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
7141 bool DiagnoseCFAudited) {
7142 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7143 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
7144 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
7145 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
7146 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
7149 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7152 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
7153 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7154 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
7155 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
7156 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
7158 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
7159 if (ICS.isFailure())
7160 return Incompatible;
7161 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7164 if (Res.isInvalid())
7165 return Incompatible;
7166 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
7167 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7168 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType,
7169 RHS.get()->getType()))
7170 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7175 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
7177 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
7178 // happen there, though.
7181 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
7182 // a null pointer constant.
7183 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7184 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) &&
7185 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7186 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7189 CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path, false);
7190 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_RValue, &Path);
7194 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
7195 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
7196 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
7197 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
7199 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
7200 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
7201 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
7202 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7203 return Incompatible;
7206 Expr *PRE = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7207 if (ObjCProtocolExpr *OPE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)) {
7208 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = OPE->getProtocol();
7209 if (PDecl && !PDecl->hasDefinition()) {
7210 Diag(PRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl->getName();
7211 Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl;
7215 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7216 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7217 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind);
7219 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
7220 // type of the assignment expression.
7221 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
7222 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
7223 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
7224 // does not have reference type.
7225 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
7226 QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
7227 Expr *E = RHS.get();
7228 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
7229 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7231 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
7232 (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getLocStart(),
7233 LHSType, E->getType(), E) ||
7234 ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(LHSType, E))) {
7239 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
7244 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7246 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
7247 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
7248 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7252 /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
7253 /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
7254 /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
7255 /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except
7258 /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions
7259 /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure)
7260 static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
7262 QualType vectorEltTy,
7263 QualType vectorTy) {
7264 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
7266 CastKind scalarCast = CK_Invalid;
7268 if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
7269 if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
7271 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7272 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
7274 scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
7275 } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
7276 if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
7277 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7278 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
7280 scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
7282 else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
7283 scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
7290 // Adjust scalar if desired.
7292 if (scalarCast != CK_Invalid)
7293 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast);
7294 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
7299 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7300 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
7301 if (!IsCompAssign) {
7302 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
7303 if (LHS.isInvalid())
7306 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
7307 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7310 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
7311 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
7312 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
7313 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
7315 // If the vector types are identical, return.
7316 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
7319 const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7320 const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7321 assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType);
7323 // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type.
7324 if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
7325 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7326 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
7327 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7332 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
7336 // If there's an ext-vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
7337 // the vector element type and splat.
7338 if (!RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
7339 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
7340 LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType))
7343 if (!LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
7344 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
7345 LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
7350 // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size
7351 // needs to be the same.
7352 // FIXME: Should we really be allowing this?
7353 // FIXME: We really just pick the LHS type arbitrarily?
7354 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7355 QualType resultType = LHSType;
7356 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), resultType, CK_BitCast);
7360 // Okay, the expression is invalid.
7362 // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that.
7363 if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) ||
7364 (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) {
7365 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar)
7366 << LHSType << RHSType
7367 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7371 // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
7372 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
7373 << LHSType << RHSType
7374 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7378 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
7379 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
7380 // integer instead of a pointer.
7381 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7382 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
7383 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
7384 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
7385 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
7386 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
7387 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
7389 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
7391 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
7392 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
7393 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
7394 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
7397 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
7398 // what the other expression is.
7400 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
7401 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
7402 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
7406 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
7407 // if the other expression is a pointer.
7408 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
7409 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
7412 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
7413 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
7414 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7417 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7419 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
7420 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7422 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7423 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
7424 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
7426 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
7427 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7431 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
7432 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7434 // Check for division by zero.
7435 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
7436 if (IsDiv && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
7437 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, Context) && RHSValue == 0)
7438 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7439 PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
7440 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7445 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
7446 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
7447 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7449 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7450 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7451 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
7452 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
7453 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
7454 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7457 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
7458 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7461 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
7462 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7464 // Check for remainder by zero.
7465 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
7466 if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
7467 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, Context) && RHSValue == 0)
7468 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7469 PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
7470 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7475 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
7476 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7477 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7478 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7479 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
7480 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
7481 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
7482 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7485 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
7486 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7488 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7489 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
7490 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
7491 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
7494 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
7495 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7496 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
7497 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7498 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7499 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7500 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
7501 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
7502 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
7503 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
7504 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
7506 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
7507 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7510 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
7511 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7513 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7514 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7515 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
7516 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
7517 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
7518 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
7519 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
7522 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
7524 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
7525 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7527 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
7528 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
7529 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
7531 assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType());
7532 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
7533 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
7534 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
7535 PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
7538 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
7540 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
7541 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
7542 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
7545 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
7546 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7548 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
7549 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
7550 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
7552 if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
7554 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
7555 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
7556 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
7557 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7559 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
7560 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
7561 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7564 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
7569 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
7572 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
7573 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
7574 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
7575 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
7577 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
7578 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7579 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7580 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
7581 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
7582 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
7584 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
7585 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
7586 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
7588 // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces
7589 if (isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) {
7590 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
7591 const PointerType *rhsPtr = RHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
7592 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*rhsPtr)) {
7594 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
7595 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/
7596 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7601 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
7602 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
7603 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
7604 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
7605 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
7606 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
7607 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7609 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7612 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
7613 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
7614 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
7615 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
7616 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
7618 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7620 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7623 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
7625 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
7631 /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
7633 static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7634 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7635 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7636 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
7638 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7639 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
7642 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
7643 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
7644 if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
7648 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
7649 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
7650 if (index.isNonNegative() &&
7651 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
7652 index.isUnsigned()))
7656 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7657 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
7658 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
7660 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
7661 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
7662 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7663 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
7664 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
7665 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
7666 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
7668 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
7671 /// \brief Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
7672 static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7673 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7674 const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr;
7675 const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
7676 dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7679 CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
7680 StringRefExpr = RHSExpr;
7683 if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
7686 const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
7688 // Return if not a PointerType.
7689 if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
7692 // Return if not a CharacterType.
7693 if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
7696 ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
7697 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7699 const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
7700 if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
7701 CharType->isIntegerType() &&
7702 llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
7703 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
7704 << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
7706 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
7707 << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
7710 // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
7711 if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
7712 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7713 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
7714 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
7715 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
7716 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
7718 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
7722 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
7723 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7724 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7725 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7726 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7727 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
7728 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
7729 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7732 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7733 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7734 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
7735 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7737 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7738 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7739 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
7740 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7744 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
7745 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7748 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
7749 if (Opc == BO_Add) {
7750 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7751 diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7754 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
7755 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
7756 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7760 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
7761 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
7762 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
7765 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7766 isObjCPointer = false;
7767 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7768 isObjCPointer = true;
7770 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
7771 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7772 isObjCPointer = false;
7773 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7774 isObjCPointer = true;
7776 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7779 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
7781 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
7782 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7784 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
7787 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
7790 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
7791 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
7794 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
7795 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
7796 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
7797 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
7798 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
7803 return PExp->getType();
7807 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7809 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
7810 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
7812 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
7813 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7814 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
7815 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7819 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
7820 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7823 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
7825 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
7826 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
7827 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
7831 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
7832 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
7833 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
7835 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
7836 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
7837 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
7840 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
7841 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
7842 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
7845 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
7846 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr,
7847 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
7849 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
7850 return LHS.get()->getType();
7853 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
7854 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
7855 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
7856 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
7858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7859 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
7860 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
7861 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7864 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
7865 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
7866 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
7867 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
7868 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
7873 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
7874 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
7877 // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
7878 // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
7879 // case subtraction does not make sense.
7880 if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
7881 CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
7882 if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
7883 Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
7884 << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
7885 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7889 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
7890 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
7894 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7897 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
7898 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
7899 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
7903 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7904 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7906 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
7907 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
7908 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
7912 // Check right/shifter operand
7913 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
7914 !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Right, S.Context))
7917 if (Right.isNegative()) {
7918 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7919 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
7920 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7923 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
7924 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
7925 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
7926 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
7927 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
7928 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
7934 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
7935 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
7936 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
7937 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
7939 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
7940 !LHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, S.Context) ||
7941 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
7943 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
7944 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
7945 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
7947 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
7948 Result = Result.shl(Right);
7950 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
7951 // hexadecimal number.
7952 SmallString<40> HexResult;
7953 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
7955 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
7956 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
7957 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
7958 // turned off separately if needed.
7959 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
7960 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
7961 << HexResult << LHSType
7962 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7966 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
7967 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
7968 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7969 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7972 /// \brief Return the resulting type when an OpenCL vector is shifted
7973 /// by a scalar or vector shift amount.
7974 static QualType checkOpenCLVectorShift(Sema &S,
7975 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7976 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
7977 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector.
7978 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
7979 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector)
7980 << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType()
7981 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7985 if (!IsCompAssign) {
7986 LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
7987 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
7990 RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
7991 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
7993 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
7994 const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7995 QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy->getElementType();
7997 // Note that RHS might not be a vector.
7998 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7999 const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8000 QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType;
8002 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that the operands need to be integers.
8003 if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
8004 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
8005 << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8009 if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
8010 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
8011 << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8016 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators
8017 // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure
8018 // that the number of elements is the same as LHS...
8019 if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) {
8020 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal)
8021 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8022 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8026 // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS.
8028 S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements());
8029 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8036 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8037 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
8038 bool IsCompAssign) {
8039 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8041 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
8042 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8043 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8044 if (LangOpts.OpenCL)
8045 return checkOpenCLVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
8046 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
8049 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
8050 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
8052 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
8053 // if this is a compound assignment.
8054 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
8055 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
8056 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8058 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8059 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
8061 // The RHS is simpler.
8062 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
8063 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8065 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8067 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
8068 if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
8069 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8070 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8072 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
8073 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
8074 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
8075 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
8076 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8078 // Sanity-check shift operands
8079 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
8081 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
8085 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
8086 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
8087 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
8089 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
8090 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
8095 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
8096 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
8098 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
8099 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
8101 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
8104 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
8108 // Ignore anonymous enums.
8109 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
8111 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
8114 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
8117 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
8118 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
8119 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8122 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
8123 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8124 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8126 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
8127 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
8128 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8129 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8132 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
8134 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8135 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
8136 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
8137 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
8138 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
8139 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
8140 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
8142 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
8143 // comparisons of pointers.
8146 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
8147 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
8148 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
8149 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
8150 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
8151 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
8152 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
8153 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
8156 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8157 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8158 assert((LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
8159 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()));
8161 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
8162 bool *BoolPtr = S.isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr : &NonStandardCompositeType;
8163 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS, BoolPtr);
8165 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
8169 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
8170 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
8171 << LHSType << RHSType << T << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8172 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8174 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
8175 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
8179 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8183 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
8184 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
8185 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8186 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8189 static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
8190 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
8191 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
8192 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
8193 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
8194 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
8197 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
8202 static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
8203 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
8204 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8206 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
8210 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
8211 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
8212 if (const ObjCObjectType *iQFaceTy =
8213 InterfaceType->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType())
8214 InterfaceType = iQFaceTy->getBaseType();
8216 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
8217 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8220 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
8221 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
8222 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
8226 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
8227 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
8228 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
8229 /*receiverId=*/true);
8232 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
8240 QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
8241 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8244 QualType R = Method->getReturnType();
8245 if (!R->isScalarType())
8251 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
8252 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8253 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
8256 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
8259 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
8262 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
8263 // "dictionary literal"
8264 return LK_Dictionary;
8265 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
8267 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
8268 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
8269 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
8270 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
8271 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
8272 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
8273 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
8274 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
8275 // "numeric literal"
8277 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
8278 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
8279 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
8280 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
8293 static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8294 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8295 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
8298 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
8299 Literal = LHS.get();
8302 Literal = RHS.get();
8306 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
8307 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
8308 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
8309 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
8312 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
8313 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
8315 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
8316 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
8317 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
8318 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
8321 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
8322 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
8323 << Literal->getSourceRange();
8325 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
8326 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
8328 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
8329 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
8330 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
8331 SourceLocation End = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
8332 CharSourceRange OpRange =
8333 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
8335 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
8336 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
8337 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
8338 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
8342 static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
8345 unsigned OpaqueOpc) {
8346 // This checking requires bools.
8347 if (!S.getLangOpts().Bool) return;
8349 // Check that left hand side is !something.
8350 UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
8351 if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
8353 // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
8354 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) return;
8356 // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
8357 Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
8358 if (SubExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) return;
8361 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_comparison)
8364 // First note suggest !(x < y)
8365 SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getLocStart();
8366 SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getLocEnd();
8367 FirstClose = S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
8368 if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
8369 FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
8370 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
8371 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
8372 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
8374 // Second note suggests (!x) < y
8375 SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
8376 SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getLocEnd();
8377 SecondClose = S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
8378 if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
8379 SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
8380 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
8381 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
8382 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
8385 // Get the decl for a simple expression: a reference to a variable,
8386 // an implicit C++ field reference, or an implicit ObjC ivar reference.
8387 static ValueDecl *getCompareDecl(Expr *E) {
8388 if (DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
8389 return DR->getDecl();
8390 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr* Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) {
8391 if (Ivar->isFreeIvar())
8392 return Ivar->getDecl();
8394 if (MemberExpr* Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8395 if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
8396 return Mem->getMemberDecl();
8401 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
8402 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8403 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
8404 bool IsRelational) {
8405 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
8407 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = (BinaryOperatorKind) OpaqueOpc;
8409 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
8410 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8411 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8412 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
8414 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8415 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8417 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8418 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8420 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8421 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, OpaqueOpc);
8423 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
8424 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
8425 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
8426 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
8427 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8428 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
8429 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
8430 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
8432 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
8433 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
8434 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
8435 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
8436 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
8438 ValueDecl *DL = getCompareDecl(LHSStripped);
8439 ValueDecl *DR = getCompareDecl(RHSStripped);
8440 if (DL && DR && DL == DR && !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DL)) {
8441 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
8446 } else if (DL && DR && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
8447 !DL->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
8448 !DR->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8449 // what is it always going to eval to?
8450 char always_evals_to;
8452 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
8453 always_evals_to = 0; // false
8455 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
8456 always_evals_to = 1; // true
8459 // best we can say is 'a constant'
8460 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
8463 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
8465 << always_evals_to);
8468 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
8469 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
8470 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
8471 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
8473 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
8474 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
8475 Expr *literalString = nullptr;
8476 Expr *literalStringStripped = nullptr;
8477 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
8478 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
8479 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
8480 literalString = LHS.get();
8481 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
8482 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
8483 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
8484 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
8485 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
8486 literalString = RHS.get();
8487 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
8490 if (literalString) {
8491 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
8492 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
8493 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
8494 << literalString->getSourceRange());
8498 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
8499 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
8500 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8503 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8504 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8506 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
8507 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
8510 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
8513 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
8514 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
8515 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8517 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
8521 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind =
8522 LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
8523 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind =
8524 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
8525 bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
8526 bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
8528 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
8529 bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ;
8531 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality,
8532 RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8534 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality,
8535 LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8538 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
8539 // when handling null pointer constants.
8540 if (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
8541 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
8542 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
8543 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
8544 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
8546 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8547 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
8549 if (!IsRelational &&
8550 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
8551 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
8552 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
8553 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
8554 // conformance with the C++ standard.
8555 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
8556 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
8557 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
8558 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
8560 if (isSFINAEContext())
8563 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8568 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
8573 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
8574 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
8575 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
8576 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
8577 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
8578 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
8579 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8580 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8582 } else if (!IsRelational &&
8583 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
8584 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
8585 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
8586 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8587 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
8591 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
8593 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
8594 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
8595 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())) {
8597 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
8598 << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */
8599 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8601 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
8602 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
8603 CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion
8605 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8606 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind);
8608 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind);
8613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8614 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
8615 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isNullPtrType())
8618 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
8619 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
8621 ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
8623 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
8624 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
8625 LHSType->isMemberPointerType()
8626 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
8627 : CK_NullToPointer);
8631 ((RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
8633 (RHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
8634 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
8635 RHSType->isMemberPointerType()
8636 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
8637 : CK_NullToPointer);
8641 // Comparison of member pointers.
8642 if (!IsRelational &&
8643 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()) {
8644 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
8650 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
8652 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
8653 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
8654 RHS.get()->getType()))
8658 // Handle block pointer types.
8659 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
8660 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
8661 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8662 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8664 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
8665 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
8666 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
8667 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8668 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8670 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8674 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
8676 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
8677 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
8678 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
8679 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
8680 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
8681 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
8682 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
8683 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
8684 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8685 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8687 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8688 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
8689 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
8690 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
8692 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
8693 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
8694 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
8698 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
8699 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8700 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
8701 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
8703 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
8704 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
8706 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
8707 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
8708 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
8711 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
8712 Expr *E = LHS.get();
8713 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
8714 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8715 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
8716 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8719 Expr *E = RHS.get();
8720 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
8721 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, false,
8723 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
8724 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8728 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8729 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8730 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
8731 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
8733 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
8734 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
8736 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
8737 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8739 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8743 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
8744 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
8745 unsigned DiagID = 0;
8746 bool isError = false;
8747 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
8748 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
8749 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
8750 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
8751 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
8752 if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8753 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
8754 } else if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8755 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
8756 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8757 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
8760 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
8764 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8765 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8770 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
8771 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
8772 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
8774 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
8775 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
8779 // Handle block pointers.
8780 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
8781 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
8782 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
8785 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
8786 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
8787 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
8791 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8795 // Return a signed type that is of identical size and number of elements.
8796 // For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical size
8797 // and number of elements.
8798 QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
8799 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
8800 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
8801 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
8802 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8803 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
8804 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8805 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
8806 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8807 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
8808 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8809 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
8810 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
8811 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
8814 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
8815 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
8816 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
8818 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8820 bool IsRelational) {
8821 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
8822 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
8823 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
8827 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8829 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
8830 // bool for C++, int for C
8831 if (vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
8832 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
8834 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
8835 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
8836 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
8837 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
8838 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8839 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
8840 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8841 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
8842 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8843 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
8844 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
8845 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
8847 << 2 // "a constant"
8851 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
8852 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
8853 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
8854 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8857 // Return a signed type for the vector.
8858 return GetSignedVectorType(LHSType);
8861 QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8862 SourceLocation Loc) {
8863 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
8864 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
8865 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false);
8867 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8868 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
8869 vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
8870 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8872 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
8875 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
8876 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8877 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8879 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8880 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8881 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
8882 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8883 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
8885 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8888 ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS;
8889 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
8891 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
8893 LHS = LHSResult.get();
8894 RHS = RHSResult.get();
8896 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
8898 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8901 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8902 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) {
8904 // Check vector operands differently.
8905 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8906 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
8908 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
8909 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
8911 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
8912 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
8913 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
8914 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
8915 !Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8916 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
8917 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
8918 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
8919 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
8920 llvm::APSInt Result;
8921 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
8922 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
8923 !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) ||
8924 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
8925 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
8926 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8927 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
8928 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
8929 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
8930 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
8931 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
8932 Loc, Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, getSourceManager(),
8934 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
8936 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
8937 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
8938 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8940 Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd(),
8941 0, getSourceManager(),
8943 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
8947 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8948 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
8949 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
8950 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8951 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
8952 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
8953 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
8954 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8957 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
8958 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8961 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
8962 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8965 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
8966 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
8967 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8969 return Context.IntTy;
8972 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
8973 // non-overloadable operands.
8975 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
8976 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
8977 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
8978 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
8979 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
8980 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8983 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
8984 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
8985 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8988 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
8989 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
8990 // The result is a bool.
8991 return Context.BoolTy;
8994 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
8995 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
8996 if (!ME) return false;
8997 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
8998 ObjCMessageExpr *Base =
8999 dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9000 if (!Base) return false;
9001 return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr;
9004 /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
9005 /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
9006 /// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
9007 enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
9008 static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
9009 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
9010 E = E->IgnoreParens();
9012 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
9013 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
9014 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
9015 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None;
9017 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
9018 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9019 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
9020 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
9021 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
9023 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
9024 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr;
9025 while (DC != var->getDeclContext()) {
9027 DC = DC->getParent();
9029 // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
9030 if (!var->isInitCapture())
9032 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
9035 static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) {
9036 Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType();
9037 if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType())
9038 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
9039 return !Ty.isConstQualified();
9042 /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give
9043 /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing
9044 /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or
9045 /// that the function is returning a const reference.
9046 static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
9047 SourceLocation Loc) {
9048 // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const
9049 // when this enum is changed.
9055 ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element
9058 SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange();
9060 // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit
9061 // a note to the error.
9062 bool DiagnosticEmitted = false;
9064 // Track if the current expression is the result of a derefence, and if the
9065 // next checked expression is the result of a derefence.
9066 bool IsDereference = false;
9067 bool NextIsDereference = false;
9069 // Loop to process MemberExpr chains.
9071 IsDereference = NextIsDereference;
9072 NextIsDereference = false;
9074 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9075 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9076 NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow();
9077 const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
9078 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
9079 // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const.
9080 if (Field->isMutable()) {
9081 assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.");
9085 if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) {
9086 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9087 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
9088 << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field
9089 << Field->getType();
9090 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9092 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9093 << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType()
9094 << Field->getSourceRange();
9098 } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
9099 if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) {
9100 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9101 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
9102 << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl
9103 << VDecl->getType();
9104 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9106 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9107 << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType()
9108 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
9110 // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents.
9118 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9120 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
9121 if (!IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) {
9122 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9123 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
9124 << ConstFunction << FD;
9125 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9127 S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9128 diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9129 << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType()
9130 << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9132 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9133 // Point to variable declaration.
9134 if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) {
9135 if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) {
9136 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9137 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
9138 << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType();
9139 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9141 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9142 << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange();
9145 } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9146 if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) {
9147 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
9148 if (MD->isConst()) {
9149 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9150 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
9151 << ConstMethod << MD;
9152 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9154 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9155 << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange();
9161 if (DiagnosticEmitted)
9164 // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error.
9165 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown;
9168 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
9169 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
9170 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
9171 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
9172 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
9173 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
9175 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
9176 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
9177 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
9180 unsigned DiagID = 0;
9181 bool NeedType = false;
9182 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
9183 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
9184 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
9185 // from an enclosing function or block.
9186 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
9187 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
9188 DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
9190 DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
9194 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
9195 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
9196 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
9197 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
9198 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
9199 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
9201 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
9202 // user actually wrote 'const'.
9203 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
9204 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
9205 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
9206 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
9208 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
9209 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
9210 DiagID = method->isClassMethod()
9211 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
9212 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
9214 // - fast enumeration variables
9216 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
9220 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
9221 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
9222 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
9229 // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a
9230 // simple const assignment.
9232 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
9237 case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace:
9238 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
9240 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
9241 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
9242 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
9245 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
9246 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
9249 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
9250 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
9252 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
9253 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
9254 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
9255 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
9256 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
9257 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
9259 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
9260 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
9261 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
9262 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
9263 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
9264 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
9266 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
9267 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
9268 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
9269 DiagID = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment;
9271 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
9272 DiagID = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
9278 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
9280 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
9282 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
9286 static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9290 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
9291 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
9292 if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
9293 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
9294 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
9297 // Objective-C instance variables
9298 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
9299 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
9300 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
9301 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
9302 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
9303 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
9304 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
9309 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
9311 QualType CompoundType) {
9312 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
9314 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
9315 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
9318 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
9319 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
9321 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
9322 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
9323 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
9325 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
9327 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
9328 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
9329 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9331 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
9332 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
9333 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
9334 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
9335 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
9336 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
9337 ConvTy = Compatible;
9339 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
9340 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
9341 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
9344 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
9345 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
9346 // instead of "x += 4".
9347 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
9348 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
9349 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
9350 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
9351 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
9352 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
9353 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
9354 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
9355 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
9356 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
9357 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
9358 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
9359 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
9360 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
9361 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
9365 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
9366 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
9367 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
9368 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
9369 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
9370 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
9371 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
9372 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9373 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
9375 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9376 // Although this code can still have problems:
9377 // id x = self.weakProp;
9378 // id y = self.weakProp;
9379 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9380 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9381 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9382 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9383 RHS.get()->getLocStart()))
9384 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
9386 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
9387 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
9391 // Compound assignment "x += y"
9392 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
9395 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
9396 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
9399 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
9401 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
9402 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
9403 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
9404 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
9405 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
9406 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
9408 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9409 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
9413 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9414 SourceLocation Loc) {
9415 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
9416 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
9417 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
9420 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
9421 // operands, but not unary promotions.
9422 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
9424 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
9425 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
9426 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get());
9427 if (LHS.isInvalid())
9430 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
9432 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9433 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
9434 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9436 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
9437 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
9438 diag::err_incomplete_type);
9441 return RHS.get()->getType();
9444 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
9445 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
9446 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
9449 SourceLocation OpLoc,
9450 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
9451 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
9452 return S.Context.DependentTy;
9454 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
9455 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
9456 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
9458 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
9459 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
9461 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
9463 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
9464 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
9466 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
9469 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
9470 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
9471 } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
9472 // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
9473 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
9475 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
9477 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
9478 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
9479 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
9481 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9482 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
9483 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
9484 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
9485 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
9487 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
9488 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
9489 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
9490 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
9491 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
9492 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
9493 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9494 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc,
9496 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
9497 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
9498 } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
9499 ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
9500 // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
9502 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
9503 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
9506 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
9507 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
9508 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
9510 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
9511 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
9513 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9515 OK = Op->getObjectKind();
9519 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
9524 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
9525 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
9526 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
9527 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
9528 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
9530 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
9532 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
9533 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
9534 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
9535 /// - & __real__ x -> x
9536 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
9537 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
9538 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
9539 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
9540 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
9541 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
9542 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
9544 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
9546 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
9547 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
9548 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
9549 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
9550 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
9551 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
9552 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
9553 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
9554 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
9558 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
9559 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
9561 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
9565 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
9570 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
9571 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
9572 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
9573 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
9574 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
9575 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
9584 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
9585 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
9586 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
9590 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
9592 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
9593 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9594 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
9595 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
9598 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
9599 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
9600 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
9601 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
9602 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
9603 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
9604 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
9605 QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9606 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
9607 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
9608 Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
9609 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
9610 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
9611 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
9612 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9616 OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
9617 if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
9618 if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
9619 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
9620 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9624 return Context.OverloadTy;
9627 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
9628 return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
9630 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
9631 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
9632 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9636 OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get());
9637 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9640 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
9641 return Context.DependentTy;
9643 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
9645 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
9646 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
9648 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
9649 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
9650 Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
9654 if (getLangOpts().C99) {
9655 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
9656 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
9657 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
9658 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
9659 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
9660 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
9662 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
9663 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
9665 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
9666 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
9667 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
9669 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
9670 bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
9671 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
9672 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
9673 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
9676 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
9677 OrigOp = op = new (Context)
9678 MaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true);
9679 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
9680 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
9681 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
9682 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
9683 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
9685 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
9686 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
9687 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
9688 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9691 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
9692 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9694 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
9695 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
9696 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
9697 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
9699 // The method was named without a qualifier.
9700 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
9701 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
9702 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
9703 << op->getSourceRange();
9705 SmallString<32> Str;
9706 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
9707 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
9708 << op->getSourceRange()
9709 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
9713 // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
9714 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
9715 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
9717 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
9718 op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
9719 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
9720 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy, 0);
9722 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
9724 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
9725 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
9726 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
9727 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
9728 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
9730 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
9731 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
9735 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
9736 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
9737 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
9738 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
9739 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
9740 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
9741 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
9742 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
9743 // with the register storage-class specifier.
9744 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
9745 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
9746 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
9747 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
9748 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9749 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
9751 } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) {
9752 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
9753 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9754 return Context.OverloadTy;
9755 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
9756 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
9757 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
9758 // scope qualifier for the class.
9759 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
9760 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
9761 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
9762 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9764 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
9765 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
9769 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
9770 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
9772 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
9774 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
9775 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
9776 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy, 0);
9780 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl))
9781 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
9784 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
9785 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
9789 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
9790 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
9791 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
9792 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
9793 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
9796 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
9797 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
9798 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
9799 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
9802 static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) {
9803 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp);
9806 const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl();
9809 const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D);
9812 if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()))
9813 if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
9815 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction())
9816 if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param))
9817 FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param);
9820 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
9821 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
9822 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9823 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
9824 return S.Context.DependentTy;
9826 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
9827 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
9829 Op = ConvResult.get();
9830 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
9833 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
9834 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
9835 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
9836 Op->getSourceRange());
9839 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
9840 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
9841 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
9842 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
9843 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
9845 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
9846 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
9848 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc);
9851 if (Result.isNull()) {
9852 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
9853 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
9857 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result
9858 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
9859 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
9860 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid
9861 // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type:
9863 // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1:
9864 // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall
9865 // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type
9866 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType())
9867 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer)
9868 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
9870 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
9873 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
9874 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
9880 BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
9881 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
9883 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
9884 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
9885 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
9886 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
9887 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
9888 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
9889 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
9890 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
9891 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
9892 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
9893 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
9894 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
9895 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
9896 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
9897 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
9898 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
9899 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
9900 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
9901 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
9902 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
9903 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
9904 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
9905 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
9906 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
9907 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
9908 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
9909 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
9910 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
9911 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
9912 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
9913 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
9914 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
9915 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
9920 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
9921 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
9922 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
9924 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
9925 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
9926 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
9927 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
9928 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
9929 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
9930 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
9931 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
9932 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
9933 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
9934 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
9935 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
9940 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
9941 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
9942 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
9943 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
9944 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9945 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9947 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
9949 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9950 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9951 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
9952 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
9953 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
9954 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
9955 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
9957 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
9958 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
9959 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
9960 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
9961 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
9963 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
9965 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9966 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
9969 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
9970 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
9971 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
9974 /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
9975 /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
9976 static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
9977 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
9978 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
9981 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr;
9982 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
9983 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
9985 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9986 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
9989 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9990 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
9994 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
9995 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
9996 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
9997 // code should generally never do.
9998 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9999 unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
10000 // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
10001 const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10002 // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
10003 // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
10004 // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
10005 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
10006 Selector S = ME->getSelector();
10007 StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
10008 if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
10009 Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
10012 S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag)
10013 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
10017 static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
10020 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
10021 return DRE->getDecl();
10022 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
10023 return ME->getMemberDecl();
10024 if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
10025 return IRE->getDecl();
10029 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
10030 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
10031 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
10032 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
10033 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10034 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10035 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
10036 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
10037 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
10038 // non-assignment operators.
10040 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
10041 // of x = {} is x = T().
10042 InitializationKind Kind =
10043 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
10044 InitializedEntity Entity =
10045 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
10046 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
10047 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
10048 if (Init.isInvalid())
10050 RHSExpr = Init.get();
10053 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
10054 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
10055 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
10056 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
10057 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
10058 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
10059 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
10061 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10062 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
10063 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
10064 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
10065 LHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
10066 RHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr, [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) {
10067 if (Opc != BO_Assign)
10068 return ExprResult(E);
10069 // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS.
10070 Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
10071 return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E;
10073 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
10074 return ExprError();
10079 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
10080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10081 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
10082 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
10083 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
10085 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) {
10086 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
10087 DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
10089 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get());
10093 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
10094 Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
10098 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
10102 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
10105 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
10108 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
10112 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
10118 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
10122 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
10125 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
10128 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
10132 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
10136 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
10137 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
10138 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
10139 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
10140 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
10143 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
10144 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
10145 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
10146 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
10149 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
10150 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
10151 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
10154 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
10155 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
10156 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
10160 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
10161 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
10162 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
10163 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
10166 case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough
10167 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
10169 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
10170 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
10171 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
10172 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
10175 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
10176 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
10177 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
10178 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
10182 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10183 return ExprError();
10185 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
10186 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
10187 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
10189 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
10190 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
10191 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
10192 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
10193 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
10194 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
10195 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
10196 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
10197 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
10198 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
10201 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
10203 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
10204 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
10205 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
10207 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
10208 return new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK,
10209 OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);
10210 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
10213 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
10215 return new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(
10216 LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
10217 OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);
10220 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
10221 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
10222 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
10223 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
10224 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10225 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
10227 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
10228 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
10230 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator.
10231 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
10232 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
10233 if (!isLeftComp && !isRightComp)
10236 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
10237 // Don't diagnose this.
10238 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
10239 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
10240 if ((isLeftComp || isLeftBitwise) && (isRightComp || isRightBitwise))
10243 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
10245 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
10246 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
10247 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
10248 SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
10249 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocEnd());
10251 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
10252 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
10253 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
10254 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
10255 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
10256 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
10257 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
10258 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
10262 /// \brief It accepts a '&' expr that is inside a '|' one.
10263 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&' expression
10264 /// in parentheses.
10266 EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10267 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
10268 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And);
10269 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or)
10270 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
10271 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
10272 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
10273 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
10274 Bop->getSourceRange());
10277 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
10278 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
10279 /// in parentheses.
10281 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10282 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
10283 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
10284 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
10285 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
10286 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
10287 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
10288 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
10289 Bop->getSourceRange());
10292 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
10294 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
10296 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
10297 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
10300 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
10302 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
10304 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
10305 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
10308 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
10309 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10310 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10311 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
10312 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
10313 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
10314 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
10316 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
10317 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
10318 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
10319 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
10320 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
10321 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
10322 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
10323 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
10324 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
10330 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
10331 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10332 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10333 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
10334 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
10335 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
10336 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
10338 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
10339 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
10340 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
10345 /// \brief Look for '&' in the left or right hand of a '|' expr.
10346 static void DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10348 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrArg)) {
10349 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And)
10350 return EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
10354 static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10355 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
10356 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
10357 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
10358 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
10359 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
10360 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
10361 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
10362 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
10363 Bop->getSourceRange());
10368 static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10369 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10370 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
10374 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
10375 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
10378 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
10379 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
10382 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
10383 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10384 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
10385 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
10386 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
10387 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
10388 OCE->getSourceRange());
10389 SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
10390 S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
10391 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
10392 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
10395 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
10397 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10398 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
10400 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
10401 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
10402 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10404 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
10405 if (Opc == BO_Or && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
10406 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
10407 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
10410 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
10411 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
10412 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
10413 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10414 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10417 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
10418 || Opc == BO_Shr) {
10419 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
10420 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
10421 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
10424 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
10426 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
10427 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10430 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
10431 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
10432 tok::TokenKind Kind,
10433 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10434 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
10435 assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
10436 assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
10438 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
10439 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10441 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10444 /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
10445 static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10446 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10447 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10448 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
10449 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
10450 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
10452 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
10453 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
10454 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
10455 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal)
10456 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
10457 RHS->getType(), Functions);
10459 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
10460 // binary operation.
10461 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
10464 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10465 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10466 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10467 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
10468 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
10469 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
10470 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
10471 // any placeholder types out of the way.
10473 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
10474 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
10475 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
10476 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
10477 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
10478 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10480 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
10481 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
10482 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
10483 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
10484 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
10485 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
10486 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
10487 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
10488 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10489 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
10491 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
10492 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
10493 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10496 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
10497 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10498 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
10501 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
10502 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
10503 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
10504 // being assigned to.
10505 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
10506 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
10507 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10509 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
10510 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10512 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10515 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
10516 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
10517 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
10518 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10520 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
10521 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
10522 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
10525 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10526 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
10528 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
10529 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10531 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
10532 // overloadable type.
10533 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
10534 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
10535 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10538 // Build a built-in binary operation.
10539 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10542 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
10543 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
10545 ExprResult Input = InputExpr;
10546 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
10547 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
10548 QualType resultType;
10554 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK,
10556 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
10558 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
10562 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
10563 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr);
10566 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
10567 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10568 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
10573 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
10574 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10575 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10576 if (resultType->isDependentType())
10578 if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1
10579 resultType->isVectorType())
10581 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
10583 resultType->isPointerType())
10586 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10587 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10589 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
10590 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
10591 if (Input.isInvalid())
10592 return ExprError();
10593 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10594 if (resultType->isDependentType())
10596 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
10597 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
10598 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
10599 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
10600 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
10601 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
10603 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
10604 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10605 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
10606 // on vector float types.
10607 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
10608 if (!T->isIntegerType())
10609 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10610 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10614 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10615 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10619 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
10620 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
10621 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
10622 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10623 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10625 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
10626 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
10627 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
10628 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
10631 if (resultType->isDependentType())
10633 if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) {
10634 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
10635 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10636 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
10637 // operand contextually converted to bool.
10638 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy,
10639 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
10640 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10641 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
10642 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
10643 // operate on scalar float types.
10644 if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
10645 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10646 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10648 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
10649 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10650 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
10651 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
10652 // operate on vector float types.
10653 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
10654 if (!T->isIntegerType())
10655 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10656 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10658 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
10659 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
10662 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
10663 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
10666 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
10667 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
10668 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
10672 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
10673 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
10674 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
10675 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10676 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
10677 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
10678 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
10679 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
10680 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10681 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
10682 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get());
10686 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
10687 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
10688 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
10691 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
10692 return ExprError();
10694 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
10695 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
10696 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
10697 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
10698 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
10699 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
10701 return new (Context)
10702 UnaryOperator(Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, OpLoc);
10705 /// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
10706 /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
10707 /// with the address-of operator.
10708 static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
10709 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
10710 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
10713 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
10714 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
10717 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
10719 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
10720 return Method->isInstance();
10725 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
10726 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
10729 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator D = ULE->decls_begin(),
10730 DEnd = ULE->decls_end();
10732 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*D)) {
10733 if (Method->isInstance())
10736 // Overload set does not contain methods.
10747 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10748 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
10749 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
10750 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
10751 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
10752 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
10753 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
10754 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
10755 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10757 // extension is always a builtin operator.
10758 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
10759 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10761 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
10762 // The builtin code knows what to do.
10763 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
10764 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
10765 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
10766 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
10767 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10769 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
10770 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
10771 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
10772 Input = Result.get();
10775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
10776 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
10777 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
10778 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
10779 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
10780 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
10782 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
10783 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
10784 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
10785 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
10788 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
10791 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
10794 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
10795 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10796 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
10797 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
10800 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
10801 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
10802 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
10803 TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
10804 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
10805 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
10806 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
10809 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
10810 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
10811 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
10812 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
10814 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
10815 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
10816 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
10817 if (!cleanups) return nullptr;
10819 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
10820 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
10823 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
10824 // features of the statement.
10825 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
10826 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
10827 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
10828 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
10832 void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
10833 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
10836 void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
10837 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
10838 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
10840 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10841 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10845 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
10846 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
10847 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
10848 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
10850 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
10851 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10852 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
10853 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10855 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
10856 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
10857 // More semantic analysis is needed.
10859 // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
10860 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
10861 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
10862 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
10863 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
10864 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
10865 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = nullptr;
10866 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
10867 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
10868 LastLabelStmt = Label;
10869 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
10872 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
10873 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
10874 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
10875 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
10876 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
10877 return ExprError();
10878 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10880 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
10881 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
10882 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
10883 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
10884 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
10885 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
10887 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
10888 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
10889 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
10891 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
10892 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
10899 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
10900 return ExprError();
10901 if (LastExpr.get() != nullptr) {
10902 if (!LastLabelStmt)
10903 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.get());
10905 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.get());
10906 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
10912 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
10913 // expressions are not lvalues.
10914 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
10915 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
10916 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
10917 return ResStmtExpr;
10920 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
10921 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10922 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
10923 unsigned NumComponents,
10924 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
10925 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
10926 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
10927 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
10929 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
10930 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
10931 // a struct/union/class.
10932 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
10933 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
10934 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
10936 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
10937 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
10939 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
10940 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
10941 return ExprError();
10943 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
10944 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
10945 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
10946 // a system header!
10947 if (NumComponents != 1)
10948 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
10949 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
10951 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
10952 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
10953 typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
10954 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
10955 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
10956 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
10957 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
10958 if (OC.isBrackets) {
10959 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
10960 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
10961 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
10963 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
10965 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
10967 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
10969 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
10970 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
10971 return ExprError();
10972 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get();
10974 // The expression must be an integral expression.
10975 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
10976 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
10977 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
10978 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
10979 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
10980 << Idx->getSourceRange());
10982 // Record this array index.
10983 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
10984 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
10988 // Offset of a field.
10989 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
10990 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
10991 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
10992 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
10993 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
10997 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
10998 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
10999 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
11000 return ExprError();
11002 // Look for the designated field.
11003 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
11005 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
11007 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
11009 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
11010 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
11011 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
11013 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
11014 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
11016 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
11017 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
11019 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
11020 : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type;
11022 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
11023 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr,
11025 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
11027 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
11030 // Look for the field.
11031 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
11032 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
11033 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
11034 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr;
11036 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
11037 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
11041 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
11042 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
11046 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
11048 // We diagnose this as an error.
11049 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
11050 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
11051 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
11052 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
11053 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
11054 return ExprError();
11057 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
11058 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
11059 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
11061 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
11062 // the base class indirections.
11063 CXXBasePaths Paths;
11064 if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) {
11065 if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
11066 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
11067 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
11068 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
11069 return ExprError();
11072 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
11073 for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end();
11075 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base));
11078 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
11079 for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) {
11080 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI));
11081 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
11082 cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd));
11085 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
11087 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
11090 return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo,
11091 Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc);
11094 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
11095 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
11096 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
11097 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
11098 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
11099 unsigned NumComponents,
11100 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
11102 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
11103 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
11104 if (ArgTy.isNull())
11105 return ExprError();
11108 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
11110 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents,
11115 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
11117 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
11118 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
11119 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
11121 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11122 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11124 bool ValueDependent = false;
11125 bool CondIsTrue = false;
11126 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
11127 resType = Context.DependentTy;
11128 ValueDependent = true;
11130 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
11131 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
11133 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
11134 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
11135 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
11136 return ExprError();
11137 CondExpr = CondICE.get();
11138 CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
11140 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
11141 Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
11143 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
11144 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
11145 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
11146 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
11149 return new (Context)
11150 ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
11151 CondIsTrue, resType->isDependentType(), ValueDependent);
11154 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11155 // Clang Extensions.
11156 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11158 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
11159 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
11160 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
11162 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
11163 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
11164 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
11165 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext(),
11166 ManglingContextDecl)) {
11167 unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
11168 Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
11172 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
11173 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
11175 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
11177 CurContext = Block;
11179 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
11181 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
11182 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
11183 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
11186 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
11188 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
11189 "block-id should have no identifier!");
11190 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
11191 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
11193 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
11194 QualType T = Sig->getType();
11196 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
11197 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
11198 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
11199 // Drop the parameters.
11200 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
11201 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
11202 EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
11203 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
11204 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11207 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
11208 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
11209 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
11210 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
11211 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
11213 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
11214 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
11216 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
11217 if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
11219 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
11220 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
11221 // written signature.
11222 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
11223 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
11224 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
11225 // TypeSourceInfos.
11226 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc();
11227 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
11228 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
11229 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
11231 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
11235 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
11236 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
11238 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
11239 QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType();
11241 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
11243 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
11245 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
11246 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
11248 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
11249 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
11250 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
11251 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
11252 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
11255 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
11256 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
11257 if (ExplicitSignature) {
11258 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
11259 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I);
11260 if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
11261 !Param->isImplicit() &&
11262 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
11263 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11264 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
11265 Params.push_back(Param);
11268 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
11269 // ^ fntype { ... }
11270 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
11271 for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) {
11272 ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(
11273 CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getLocStart(), I);
11274 Params.push_back(Param);
11278 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
11279 if (!Params.empty()) {
11280 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
11281 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
11282 CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(),
11283 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
11286 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
11287 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
11289 // Put the parameter variables in scope.
11290 for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->params()) {
11291 AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
11293 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11294 if (AI->getIdentifier()) {
11295 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI);
11297 PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
11302 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
11303 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
11304 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
11305 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
11306 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11307 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
11309 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
11311 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
11314 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
11315 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
11316 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
11317 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
11318 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
11319 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
11320 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
11322 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
11323 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
11324 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11325 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
11326 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
11328 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
11330 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
11331 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
11335 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
11336 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
11337 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
11339 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
11342 // Set the captured variables on the block.
11343 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
11344 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
11345 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Captures.size(); i != e; i++) {
11346 CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = BSI->Captures[i];
11347 if (Cap.isThisCapture())
11349 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
11350 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getInitExpr());
11351 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
11353 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures.begin(), Captures.end(),
11354 BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
11356 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
11357 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
11358 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
11360 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
11361 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
11363 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
11364 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
11365 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
11367 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
11369 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
11370 // preserve its sugar structure.
11371 } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy &&
11372 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
11373 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
11375 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
11377 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
11378 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
11379 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
11381 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
11384 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
11386 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
11387 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
11388 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
11391 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(),
11392 BSI->TheDecl->param_end());
11393 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
11395 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
11396 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
11397 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
11398 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
11400 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
11402 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
11403 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
11404 // to deduce an implicit return type.
11405 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
11406 !BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
11407 computeNRVO(Body, BSI);
11409 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
11410 AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
11411 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
11413 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
11414 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
11415 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
11416 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
11417 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
11418 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
11420 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
11421 // variables needs destruction.
11422 for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) {
11423 const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable();
11424 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
11425 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
11434 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
11435 Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
11436 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
11437 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
11438 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
11439 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
11442 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
11443 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11444 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
11445 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
11447 // Get the va_list type
11448 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
11449 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
11450 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
11451 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
11452 // a pointer for va_arg.
11453 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
11454 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
11455 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
11456 if (Result.isInvalid())
11457 return ExprError();
11459 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11460 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
11461 // check the argument using reference binding.
11462 InitializedEntity Entity
11463 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
11464 Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
11465 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
11466 if (Init.isInvalid())
11467 return ExprError();
11468 E = Init.getAs<Expr>();
11470 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
11471 // it is modified by va_arg.
11472 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
11473 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
11474 return ExprError();
11477 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
11478 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
11479 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
11480 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
11481 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
11484 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
11485 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
11486 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
11487 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
11488 return ExprError();
11490 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11492 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
11493 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
11494 return ExprError();
11496 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
11497 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11498 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
11499 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
11500 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
11501 << TInfo->getType()
11502 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
11505 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
11506 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
11507 QualType PromoteType;
11508 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
11509 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
11510 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
11511 PromoteType = QualType();
11513 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
11514 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
11515 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
11516 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
11517 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
11518 << TInfo->getType()
11520 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
11523 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
11524 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T);
11527 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
11528 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
11529 // pointers on the target.
11531 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
11532 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
11533 Ty = Context.IntTy;
11534 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
11535 Ty = Context.LongTy;
11536 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
11537 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
11539 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
11542 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
11546 Sema::ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp) {
11547 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1)
11550 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
11554 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
11555 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
11556 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
11557 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
11561 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
11562 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
11563 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
11564 Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11565 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
11566 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
11567 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11569 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
11570 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
11572 Diag(SL->getLocStart(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
11573 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
11574 Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getLocStart(), SL).get();
11578 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
11579 SourceLocation Loc,
11580 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
11581 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
11582 bool *Complained) {
11584 *Complained = false;
11586 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
11587 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
11588 bool isInvalid = false;
11589 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
11591 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
11592 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
11593 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
11594 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
11595 const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
11599 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
11603 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
11604 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11605 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11608 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
11609 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11610 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11612 case IncompatiblePointer:
11614 (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited ?
11615 diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer :
11616 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer);
11617 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
11618 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
11619 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
11620 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11622 else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
11623 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
11624 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
11626 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11628 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
11629 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
11631 case FunctionVoidPointer:
11632 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
11634 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
11635 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
11636 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
11638 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
11639 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
11640 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
11641 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
11645 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
11646 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
11650 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
11653 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
11654 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
11655 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
11656 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
11657 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
11658 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
11659 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
11660 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
11661 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
11663 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11664 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
11666 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
11668 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
11669 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
11671 case IntToBlockPointer:
11672 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
11674 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
11675 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
11677 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: {
11678 if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
11679 const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT =
11680 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
11681 for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) {
11685 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
11686 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
11687 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
11689 else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
11690 const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT =
11691 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
11692 for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) {
11696 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
11697 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
11698 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
11700 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
11703 case IncompatibleVectors:
11704 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
11706 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
11707 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
11710 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
11711 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
11712 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
11714 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
11718 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
11721 case AA_Initializing:
11722 // The destination type comes first.
11723 FirstType = DstType;
11724 SecondType = SrcType;
11729 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
11730 case AA_Converting:
11733 // The source type comes first.
11734 FirstType = SrcType;
11735 SecondType = DstType;
11739 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
11740 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
11741 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
11743 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
11745 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
11746 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
11747 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
11748 for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = ConvHints.Hints.begin(),
11749 HE = ConvHints.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI)
11754 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
11756 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
11757 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
11760 if (DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id &&
11761 PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition())
11762 Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::not_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id)
11763 << IFace->getName() << PDecl->getName();
11765 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
11766 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
11769 if (CheckInferredResultType)
11770 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
11772 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
11773 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
11776 *Complained = true;
11780 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
11781 llvm::APSInt *Result) {
11782 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
11784 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
11785 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
11789 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
11792 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
11793 llvm::APSInt *Result,
11796 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
11800 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
11801 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
11803 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
11804 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
11806 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
11808 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
11811 void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11813 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
11817 Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
11818 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
11820 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
11822 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
11823 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
11824 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
11825 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
11826 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
11827 // unscoped enumeration type
11828 ExprResult Converted;
11829 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
11831 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(bool Silent)
11832 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false,
11835 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11836 QualType T) override {
11837 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
11840 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
11841 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
11842 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
11845 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
11846 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
11847 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
11850 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
11851 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
11852 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
11853 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
11856 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
11857 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
11858 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
11861 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
11862 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
11863 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
11864 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
11867 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
11868 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
11869 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
11871 } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser.Suppress);
11873 Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
11875 if (Converted.isInvalid())
11877 E = Converted.get();
11878 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
11879 return ExprError();
11880 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
11881 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
11882 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
11883 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
11884 return ExprError();
11887 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
11888 // in the non-ICE case.
11889 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
11891 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
11895 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
11896 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
11897 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
11899 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
11900 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
11901 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
11902 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
11904 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
11905 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
11906 // this is a constant expression.
11907 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
11909 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
11913 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
11914 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
11916 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
11917 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
11918 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
11922 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
11923 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
11924 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
11925 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
11926 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
11929 return ExprError();
11932 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
11933 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
11934 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
11937 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
11942 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
11943 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
11944 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
11945 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
11948 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
11950 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
11951 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
11953 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
11954 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
11955 // fix to TreeTransform?
11956 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
11957 S->getDecl()->setStmt(nullptr);
11958 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
11961 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
11962 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
11963 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
11964 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
11967 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
11968 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11969 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
11970 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
11971 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
11972 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
11973 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
11975 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
11978 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
11979 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11980 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
11983 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
11986 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
11987 // Lambdas never need to be transformed.
11993 ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
11994 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
11995 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
11996 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
11997 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
11998 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
12000 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
12004 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
12005 Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
12007 ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(),
12008 ExprNeedsCleanups, LambdaContextDecl,
12010 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
12011 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
12012 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
12016 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
12017 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
12019 Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
12020 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, IsDecltype);
12023 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
12024 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
12025 unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos;
12027 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
12028 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
12030 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
12031 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
12032 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
12034 D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
12036 // C++1y [expr.const]p2:
12037 // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
12038 // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
12039 // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
12040 D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
12042 for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas)
12043 Diag(L->getLocStart(), D);
12045 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
12046 // during lambda expression creation.
12047 for (auto *Lambda : Rec.Lambdas) {
12048 for (auto *C : Lambda->capture_inits())
12049 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(C);
12054 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
12055 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
12056 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
12057 // will never be constructed.
12058 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
12059 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
12060 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
12061 ExprNeedsCleanups = Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
12062 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
12063 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
12064 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
12066 ExprNeedsCleanups |= Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
12067 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
12068 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
12071 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
12072 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
12074 if (!ExprEvalContexts.empty())
12075 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos;
12077 assert(NumTypos == 0 && "There are outstanding typos after popping the "
12078 "last ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord");
12081 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
12082 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
12083 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
12084 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
12085 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
12086 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
12089 ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
12090 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
12092 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
12095 static bool IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
12096 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
12097 // an instantiation.
12098 if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
12101 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
12102 case Sema::Unevaluated:
12103 case Sema::UnevaluatedAbstract:
12104 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
12105 // (Depending on how you read the standard, we actually do need to do
12106 // something here for null pointer constants, but the standard's
12107 // definition of a null pointer constant is completely crazy.)
12110 case Sema::ConstantEvaluated:
12111 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated:
12112 // We are in a potentially evaluated expression (or a constant-expression
12113 // in C++03); we need to do implicit template instantiation, implicitly
12114 // define class members, and mark most declarations as used.
12117 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
12118 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
12119 // containing expression is used.
12122 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
12125 /// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
12126 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
12127 void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
12129 assert(Func && "No function?");
12131 Func->setReferenced();
12133 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
12134 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
12135 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
12136 // set of overloaded functions [...].
12138 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
12139 // can just check that here. Skip the rest of this function if we've already
12140 // marked the function as used.
12141 if (Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false) ||
12142 !IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(*this)) {
12143 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
12144 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
12145 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
12146 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
12147 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
12149 // We consider constexpr function templates to be referenced in a context
12150 // that requires a definition to exist whenever they are referenced.
12152 // FIXME: This instantiates constexpr functions too frequently. If this is
12153 // really an unevaluated context (and we're not just in the definition of a
12154 // function template or overload resolution or other cases which we
12155 // incorrectly consider to be unevaluated contexts), and we're not in a
12156 // subexpression which we actually need to evaluate (for instance, a
12157 // template argument, array bound or an expression in a braced-init-list),
12158 // we are not permitted to instantiate this constexpr function definition.
12160 // FIXME: This also implicitly defines special members too frequently. They
12161 // are only supposed to be implicitly defined if they are odr-used, but they
12162 // are not odr-used from constant expressions in unevaluated contexts.
12163 // However, they cannot be referenced if they are deleted, and they are
12164 // deleted whenever the implicit definition of the special member would
12166 if (!Func->isConstexpr() || Func->getBody())
12168 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
12169 if (!Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() && (!MD || MD->isUserProvided()))
12173 // Note that this declaration has been used.
12174 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
12175 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl());
12176 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
12177 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
12178 if (Constructor->isTrivial() && !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
12180 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
12181 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
12182 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
12183 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
12184 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
12186 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
12187 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
12189 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
12190 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
12191 Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl());
12192 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) {
12193 if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
12195 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
12197 if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
12198 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
12199 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
12200 if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
12201 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
12202 MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
12203 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) {
12204 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
12205 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
12207 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
12209 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
12210 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
12211 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
12212 cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
12213 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
12214 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
12216 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
12217 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
12218 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
12221 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
12222 // FIXME: Is this really right?
12223 if (CurContext == Func) return;
12225 // Resolve the exception specification for any function which is
12226 // used: CodeGen will need it.
12227 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12228 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
12229 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
12231 if (!OdrUse) return;
12233 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
12234 // class templates.
12235 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
12236 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
12237 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
12238 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
12239 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
12240 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
12241 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
12242 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
12243 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
12244 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
12245 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
12247 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
12248 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
12249 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
12250 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
12251 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
12252 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
12253 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
12254 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
12258 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
12259 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
12260 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
12261 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size())
12262 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
12263 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
12264 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
12265 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
12266 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
12267 // call to such a function.
12268 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
12270 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
12271 PointOfInstantiation));
12272 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
12273 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
12277 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
12278 for (auto i : Func->redecls()) {
12279 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
12280 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i);
12284 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
12285 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
12286 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
12287 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
12288 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
12289 !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
12290 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
12291 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
12294 // Normally the most current decl is marked used while processing the use and
12295 // any subsequent decls are marked used by decl merging. This fails with
12296 // template instantiation since marking can happen at the end of the file
12297 // and, because of the two phase lookup, this function is called with at
12298 // decl in the middle of a decl chain. We loop to maintain the invariant
12299 // that once a decl is used, all decls after it are also used.
12300 for (FunctionDecl *F = Func->getMostRecentDecl();; F = F->getPreviousDecl()) {
12301 F->markUsed(Context);
12308 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
12309 VarDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
12310 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
12312 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
12313 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
12315 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
12316 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
12319 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
12320 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
12321 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
12323 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
12324 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
12325 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
12326 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12329 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
12330 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
12331 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_lambda)
12332 << var->getIdentifier();
12333 } else if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
12334 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
12335 << var->getIdentifier() << fn->getDeclName();
12336 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
12337 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_block)
12338 << var->getIdentifier();
12340 // FIXME: Is there any other context where a local variable can be
12342 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_context)
12343 << var->getIdentifier();
12346 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
12347 << var->getIdentifier();
12349 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
12354 static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
12355 bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
12356 QualType &CaptureType,
12357 QualType &DeclRefType) {
12358 // Check whether we've already captured it.
12359 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
12360 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
12361 SubCapturesAreNested = true;
12363 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
12364 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
12366 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
12367 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
12369 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
12370 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
12371 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable))
12372 DeclRefType.addConst();
12378 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
12379 // capture; other scopes don't work.
12380 static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
12381 SourceLocation Loc,
12382 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
12383 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
12384 return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
12385 else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12387 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
12392 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
12393 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
12394 // so check for eligibility.
12395 static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
12396 SourceLocation Loc,
12397 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
12399 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
12400 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
12402 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
12403 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
12404 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
12405 // assuming that's the intent.
12406 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
12408 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
12409 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12414 // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with.
12415 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) {
12417 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
12418 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12419 << Var->getDeclName();
12423 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
12424 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
12425 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12426 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12429 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
12431 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
12432 << Var->getDeclName();
12433 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12434 << Var->getDeclName();
12439 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
12440 // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
12441 // variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
12442 if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
12444 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable)
12445 << Var->getDeclName() << !IsLambda;
12446 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12447 << Var->getDeclName();
12455 // Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
12456 static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
12457 SourceLocation Loc,
12458 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
12459 QualType &CaptureType,
12460 QualType &DeclRefType,
12463 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
12464 bool ByRef = false;
12466 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
12467 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
12468 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12469 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
12470 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12471 << Var->getDeclName();
12476 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
12477 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
12478 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12479 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
12481 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12482 << Var->getDeclName();
12486 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
12487 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType()) {
12488 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
12489 // declaration reference types.
12492 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
12493 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
12494 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
12496 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
12497 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12498 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
12499 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
12500 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
12501 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
12502 // actually requires the destructor.
12503 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
12504 S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
12506 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
12507 // full-expression.
12508 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(S, S.PotentiallyEvaluated);
12510 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
12511 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
12512 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
12513 Expr *DeclRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
12514 DeclRefType.withConst(),
12518 = S.PerformCopyInitialization(
12519 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
12520 CaptureType, false),
12523 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
12524 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
12525 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
12526 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
12527 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
12529 Result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
12530 CopyExpr = Result.get();
12536 // Actually capture the variable.
12537 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
12538 BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
12539 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
12546 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
12547 static bool captureInCapturedRegion(CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
12549 SourceLocation Loc,
12550 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
12551 QualType &CaptureType,
12552 QualType &DeclRefType,
12553 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
12556 // By default, capture variables by reference.
12558 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
12559 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
12560 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
12561 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12562 // The current implementation assumes that all variables are captured
12563 // by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression
12564 // evaluation will be needed.
12565 RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
12568 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureType,
12569 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureType, Loc),
12570 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
12571 Field->setImplicit(true);
12572 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
12573 RD->addDecl(Field);
12575 CopyExpr = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToCapturedVariable,
12576 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
12577 Var->setReferenced(true);
12578 Var->markUsed(S.Context);
12581 // Actually capture the variable.
12582 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
12583 RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, Loc,
12584 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
12590 /// \brief Create a field within the lambda class for the variable
12591 /// being captured.
12592 static void addAsFieldToClosureType(Sema &S, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var,
12593 QualType FieldType, QualType DeclRefType,
12594 SourceLocation Loc,
12595 bool RefersToCapturedVariable) {
12596 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
12598 // Build the non-static data member.
12600 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, nullptr, FieldType,
12601 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
12602 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
12603 Field->setImplicit(true);
12604 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
12605 Lambda->addDecl(Field);
12608 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the lambda.
12609 static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
12611 SourceLocation Loc,
12612 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
12613 QualType &CaptureType,
12614 QualType &DeclRefType,
12615 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
12616 const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
12617 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
12618 const bool IsTopScope,
12621 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
12622 bool ByRef = false;
12623 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
12624 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
12626 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
12629 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
12631 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
12632 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
12633 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
12634 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
12635 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
12636 // captured by reference.
12638 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
12639 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
12640 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
12641 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
12642 // easily defensible position.
12643 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
12645 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
12646 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
12647 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
12648 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
12649 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
12650 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
12651 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
12652 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
12653 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
12654 // function. - end note ]
12655 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
12656 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
12657 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
12660 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
12661 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
12662 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12663 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
12664 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12665 << Var->getDeclName();
12670 // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type.
12671 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12672 if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() &&
12673 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CaptureType,
12674 diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_type,
12675 Var->getDeclName()))
12678 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
12679 diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
12684 // Capture this variable in the lambda.
12685 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
12686 addAsFieldToClosureType(S, LSI, Var, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Loc,
12687 RefersToCapturedVariable);
12689 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
12691 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
12693 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
12694 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
12695 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
12696 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression’s
12697 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
12698 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
12699 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
12700 DeclRefType.addConst();
12703 // Add the capture.
12704 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
12705 LSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
12706 Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, /*CopyExpr=*/nullptr);
12711 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(
12712 VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
12713 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType,
12714 QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
12715 // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its
12716 // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class.
12717 DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext();
12718 if (Var->isInitCapture())
12719 VarDC = VarDC->getParent();
12721 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12722 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
12723 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
12724 // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
12725 // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
12726 if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
12727 unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
12728 while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
12729 DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
12735 // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to
12737 if (VarDC == DC) return true;
12739 // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this
12741 bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage();
12742 if (IsGlobal && !(LangOpts.OpenMP && IsOpenMPCapturedVar(Var)))
12745 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
12746 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
12747 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
12748 // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
12749 // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
12750 // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
12751 // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
12753 CaptureType = Var->getType();
12754 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
12755 bool Nested = false;
12756 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
12757 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
12758 unsigned OpenMPLevel = 0;
12760 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
12761 // capture; other scopes don't work.
12762 DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
12766 // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have*
12767 // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in
12768 // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc.
12771 FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1;
12777 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
12778 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
12781 // Check whether we've already captured it.
12782 if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
12785 if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) {
12786 if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12787 // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so
12788 // just break here.
12789 if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
12790 if (isOpenMPPrivateVar(Var, OpenMPLevel)) {
12792 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
12799 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
12800 // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
12801 // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
12803 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
12804 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12805 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
12806 if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
12807 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
12808 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12809 << Var->getDeclName();
12810 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getLocStart(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
12812 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
12816 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
12817 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
12818 // so check for eligibility.
12819 if (!isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this))
12822 // Try to capture variable-length arrays types.
12823 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12824 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA
12826 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
12827 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
12828 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
12830 const Type *Ty = QTy.getTypePtr();
12831 switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) {
12832 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
12833 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
12834 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
12835 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
12836 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)
12837 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
12840 // These types are never variably-modified.
12841 case Type::Builtin:
12842 case Type::Complex:
12844 case Type::ExtVector:
12847 case Type::Elaborated:
12848 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
12849 case Type::ObjCObject:
12850 case Type::ObjCInterface:
12851 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
12852 llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!");
12853 case Type::Adjusted:
12854 QTy = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType();
12856 case Type::Decayed:
12857 QTy = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12859 case Type::Pointer:
12860 QTy = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12862 case Type::BlockPointer:
12863 QTy = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12865 case Type::LValueReference:
12866 case Type::RValueReference:
12867 QTy = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12869 case Type::MemberPointer:
12870 QTy = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
12872 case Type::ConstantArray:
12873 case Type::IncompleteArray:
12874 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
12875 QTy = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
12877 case Type::VariableArray: {
12878 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
12879 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty);
12881 // Unknown size indication requires no size computation.
12882 // Otherwise, evaluate and record it.
12883 if (auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
12884 if (!CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT)) {
12885 RecordDecl *CapRecord = nullptr;
12886 if (auto LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12887 CapRecord = LSI->Lambda;
12888 } else if (auto CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12889 CapRecord = CRSI->TheRecordDecl;
12892 auto ExprLoc = Size->getExprLoc();
12893 auto SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
12894 // Build the non-static data member.
12895 auto Field = FieldDecl::Create(
12896 Context, CapRecord, ExprLoc, ExprLoc,
12897 /*Id*/ nullptr, SizeType, /*TInfo*/ nullptr,
12898 /*BW*/ nullptr, /*Mutable*/ false,
12899 /*InitStyle*/ ICIS_NoInit);
12900 Field->setImplicit(true);
12901 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
12902 Field->setCapturedVLAType(VAT);
12903 CapRecord->addDecl(Field);
12905 CSI->addVLATypeCapture(ExprLoc, SizeType);
12909 QTy = VAT->getElementType();
12912 case Type::FunctionProto:
12913 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
12914 QTy = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType();
12918 case Type::UnaryTransform:
12919 case Type::Attributed:
12920 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
12921 case Type::PackExpansion:
12922 // Keep walking after single level desugaring.
12923 QTy = QTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(getASTContext());
12925 case Type::Typedef:
12926 QTy = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar();
12928 case Type::Decltype:
12929 QTy = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar();
12932 QTy = cast<AutoType>(Ty)->getDeducedType();
12934 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
12935 QTy = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
12938 QTy = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType();
12941 } while (!QTy.isNull() && QTy->isVariablyModifiedType());
12944 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
12945 // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
12946 // so cannot capture this variable.
12947 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
12948 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
12949 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
12950 << Var->getDeclName();
12951 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
12952 diag::note_lambda_decl);
12953 // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
12954 // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
12955 // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
12956 // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
12957 // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
12958 // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
12959 // explicitly. Suggestion:
12960 // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
12961 // at the function head
12962 // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
12963 // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
12968 FunctionScopesIndex--;
12971 } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC));
12973 // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
12974 // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
12975 // requirements, and adding captures if requested.
12976 // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
12977 // at the lambda nested within that one.
12978 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
12980 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
12982 if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12983 if (!captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc,
12984 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
12985 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
12988 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
12989 if (!captureInCapturedRegion(RSI, Var, ExprLoc,
12990 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
12991 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
12995 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
12996 if (!captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc,
12997 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
12998 DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
12999 /*IsTopScope*/I == N - 1, *this))
13007 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
13008 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
13009 QualType CaptureType;
13010 QualType DeclRefType;
13011 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
13012 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
13013 DeclRefType, nullptr);
13016 bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
13017 QualType CaptureType;
13018 QualType DeclRefType;
13019 return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
13020 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
13021 DeclRefType, nullptr);
13024 QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
13025 QualType CaptureType;
13026 QualType DeclRefType;
13028 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
13029 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
13030 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
13031 DeclRefType, nullptr))
13034 return DeclRefType;
13039 // If either the type of the variable or the initializer is dependent,
13040 // return false. Otherwise, determine whether the variable is a constant
13041 // expression. Use this if you need to know if a variable that might or
13042 // might not be dependent is truly a constant expression.
13043 static inline bool IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
13044 ASTContext &Context) {
13046 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
13048 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
13049 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD);
13052 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
13053 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
13054 if (Init->isValueDependent())
13056 return IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
13060 void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
13061 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
13062 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
13063 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
13064 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
13065 // conversion part.
13066 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
13068 // If we are in a lambda, check if this DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr refers
13069 // to a variable that is a constant expression, and if so, identify it as
13070 // a reference to a variable that does not involve an odr-use of that
13072 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) {
13073 Expr *SansParensExpr = E->IgnoreParens();
13074 VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
13075 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SansParensExpr))
13076 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getFoundDecl());
13077 else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SansParensExpr))
13078 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
13080 if (Var && IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, Context))
13081 LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(SansParensExpr);
13085 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
13086 Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res);
13088 if (!Res.isUsable())
13091 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
13092 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
13093 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
13094 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
13095 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
13099 void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
13100 for (llvm::SmallPtrSetIterator<Expr*> i = MaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
13101 e = MaybeODRUseExprs.end();
13104 SourceLocation Loc;
13105 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(*i)) {
13106 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13107 Loc = DRE->getLocation();
13108 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(*i)) {
13109 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
13110 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
13112 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression");
13115 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, *this,
13116 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex Pointer*/ nullptr);
13119 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
13123 static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
13124 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
13125 assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E)) &&
13126 "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced");
13127 Var->setReferenced();
13129 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
13130 bool MarkODRUsed = true;
13132 // If the context is not potentially evaluated, this is not an odr-use and
13133 // does not trigger instantiation.
13134 if (!IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(SemaRef)) {
13135 if (SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
13138 // If we don't yet know whether this context is going to end up being an
13139 // evaluated context, and we're referencing a variable from an enclosing
13140 // scope, add a potential capture.
13142 // FIXME: Is this necessary? These contexts are only used for default
13143 // arguments, where local variables can't be used.
13144 const bool RefersToEnclosingScope =
13145 (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
13146 Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage());
13147 if (RefersToEnclosingScope) {
13148 if (LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = SemaRef.getCurLambda()) {
13149 // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
13150 // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any
13151 // lvalue-to-rvalue
13152 // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
13153 // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
13154 // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
13155 // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
13156 // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
13157 assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.");
13158 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
13159 !IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context))
13160 LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
13164 if (!isTemplateInstantiation(TSK))
13167 // Instantiate, but do not mark as odr-used, variable templates.
13168 MarkODRUsed = false;
13171 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
13172 dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var);
13173 assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&
13174 "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.");
13176 // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
13177 // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay
13178 // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used
13179 // in a constant expression.
13180 if (isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
13181 bool TryInstantiating = TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation;
13183 if (TryInstantiating && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
13184 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
13185 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
13186 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
13187 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
13188 } else if (!Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
13189 // Don't bother trying to instantiate it again, unless we might need
13190 // its initializer before we get to the end of the TU.
13191 TryInstantiating = false;
13194 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13195 Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, Loc);
13197 if (TryInstantiating) {
13198 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
13199 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
13200 bool IsNonDependent =
13201 VarSpec ? !TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
13202 VarSpec->getTemplateArgsInfo(), InstantiationDependent)
13205 // Do not instantiate specializations that are still type-dependent.
13206 if (IsNonDependent) {
13207 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) {
13208 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
13209 // constant expression.
13210 SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
13212 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
13213 .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
13219 if(!MarkODRUsed) return;
13221 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
13222 // the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
13223 // it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
13224 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
13225 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
13226 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
13227 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
13228 // part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
13229 if (E && IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context)) {
13230 // A reference initialized by a constant expression can never be
13231 // odr-used, so simply ignore it.
13232 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
13233 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
13235 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef,
13236 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex ptr*/ nullptr);
13239 /// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
13240 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
13241 /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
13242 void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
13243 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr);
13246 static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
13247 Decl *D, Expr *E, bool OdrUse) {
13248 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
13249 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
13253 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, OdrUse);
13255 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
13256 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
13257 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
13260 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
13263 // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call.
13264 bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() && !ME->hasQualifier();
13265 if (!IsVirtualCall)
13267 const Expr *Base = ME->getBase();
13268 const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl = Base->getBestDynamicClassType();
13269 if (!MostDerivedClassDecl)
13271 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(MostDerivedClassDecl);
13272 if (!DM || DM->isPure())
13274 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, OdrUse);
13277 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
13278 void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13279 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
13280 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
13281 // if it's a qualified reference.
13282 bool OdrUse = true;
13283 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
13284 if (Method->isVirtual())
13286 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
13289 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
13290 void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
13291 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
13292 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
13293 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
13294 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
13295 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
13296 // name is not explicitly qualified.
13297 bool OdrUse = true;
13298 if (!E->hasQualifier()) {
13299 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
13300 if (Method->isPure())
13303 SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
13304 E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
13305 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, OdrUse);
13308 /// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
13309 /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for
13310 /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a
13311 /// normal expression which refers to a variable.
13312 void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse) {
13314 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
13315 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
13319 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
13320 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, OdrUse);
13323 D->setReferenced();
13327 // Mark all of the declarations referenced
13328 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
13329 // of when we're entering
13330 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
13332 SourceLocation Loc;
13335 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
13337 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
13339 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
13340 bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
13344 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
13345 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
13346 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
13347 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
13348 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
13351 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
13354 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
13355 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
13356 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
13357 const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
13358 return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size());
13364 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
13365 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
13366 Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
13370 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
13371 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
13372 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
13374 bool SkipLocalVariables;
13377 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
13379 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
13380 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
13382 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13383 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
13384 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
13385 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
13386 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
13390 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
13393 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
13394 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
13395 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
13398 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
13399 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
13400 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
13401 Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13404 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
13405 if (E->getOperatorNew())
13406 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
13407 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
13408 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
13409 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
13412 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
13413 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
13414 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
13415 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
13416 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13417 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
13418 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
13419 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
13422 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
13425 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
13426 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
13427 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
13430 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
13431 Visit(E->getExpr());
13434 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
13435 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
13437 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
13438 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
13443 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
13444 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
13446 /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
13448 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
13449 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
13450 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
13453 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
13454 /// of the program being compiled.
13456 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
13457 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
13458 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
13459 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
13460 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
13461 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
13462 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
13465 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
13466 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
13467 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
13468 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
13469 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
13470 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
13471 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13473 case UnevaluatedAbstract:
13474 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
13477 case ConstantEvaluated:
13478 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
13481 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
13482 case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13483 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
13484 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
13485 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
13496 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
13497 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
13498 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
13501 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
13502 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
13503 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
13504 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
13508 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
13513 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
13514 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
13516 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
13518 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
13519 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
13523 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
13524 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
13525 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
13526 << FD->getDeclName();
13528 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
13530 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
13536 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
13537 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
13538 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
13539 SourceLocation Loc;
13541 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
13542 bool IsOrAssign = false;
13544 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
13545 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
13548 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
13550 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
13551 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
13552 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
13553 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
13555 // self = [<foo> init...]
13556 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
13557 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
13559 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
13560 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
13561 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
13564 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
13565 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
13566 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
13569 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
13570 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
13571 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
13572 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
13574 // Not an assignment.
13578 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
13580 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
13581 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
13582 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
13583 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
13584 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
13587 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
13588 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
13590 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
13591 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
13594 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
13595 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
13596 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
13597 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
13598 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
13599 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
13601 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
13602 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
13605 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
13607 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
13608 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
13609 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
13610 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
13611 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
13613 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
13614 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
13615 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
13616 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
13617 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
13618 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
13619 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
13623 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
13624 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
13625 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
13626 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
13628 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
13629 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13632 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
13633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13634 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E); // C++ 6.4p4
13636 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
13637 if (ERes.isInvalid())
13638 return ExprError();
13641 QualType T = E->getType();
13642 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
13643 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
13644 << T << E->getSourceRange();
13645 return ExprError();
13647 CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc);
13653 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
13656 return ExprError();
13658 return CheckBooleanCondition(SubExpr, Loc);
13662 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
13663 /// to have an appropriate type.
13664 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
13665 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
13669 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
13671 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
13672 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
13675 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
13676 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
13677 << E->getSourceRange();
13678 return ExprError();
13681 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
13682 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
13683 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
13684 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13685 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13687 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
13688 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
13689 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
13690 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
13691 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13695 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
13696 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13699 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
13700 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13703 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
13704 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13705 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13707 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
13708 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
13709 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
13710 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13711 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13715 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
13716 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
13718 E->setType(VD->getType());
13720 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13721 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13722 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
13723 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
13724 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
13729 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
13730 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
13733 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13734 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
13739 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
13740 /// to have a function type.
13741 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
13742 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
13743 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13744 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get());
13748 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
13749 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
13750 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
13751 /// structure is not a goal.
13752 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
13753 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
13757 /// The current destination type.
13760 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
13761 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
13763 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
13764 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
13767 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
13768 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
13769 << E->getSourceRange();
13770 return ExprError();
13773 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
13774 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
13776 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
13777 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
13778 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
13779 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13780 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13781 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
13782 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
13783 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
13784 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
13785 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13789 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
13790 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13793 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
13794 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
13797 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
13798 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
13800 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
13801 << E->getSourceRange();
13802 return ExprError();
13804 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13805 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13806 E->setType(DestType);
13808 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
13809 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
13810 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13811 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
13812 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get());
13816 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
13818 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
13820 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
13821 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
13824 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
13825 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
13830 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
13831 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
13832 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
13836 FK_FunctionPointer,
13841 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
13842 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
13843 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
13844 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
13845 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
13846 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
13847 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
13848 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
13850 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
13851 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
13853 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
13855 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
13856 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
13857 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
13858 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
13859 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
13861 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
13862 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
13863 return ExprError();
13866 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
13867 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
13868 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
13869 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13871 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
13872 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
13874 // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
13875 // it has no idea what a function's signature is.
13877 // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
13878 // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
13879 // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
13880 // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
13881 // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
13882 // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
13883 // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
13884 // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
13885 // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
13886 // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
13887 // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
13888 // types to match the types of the arguments.
13890 // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
13891 // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
13893 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes();
13894 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
13895 if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
13896 ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
13897 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
13898 Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
13899 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
13900 if (E->isLValue()) {
13901 ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
13902 } else if (E->isXValue()) {
13903 ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
13905 ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
13907 ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
13909 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
13910 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
13912 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
13913 FnType->getExtInfo());
13916 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
13918 case FK_MemberFunction:
13922 case FK_FunctionPointer:
13923 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
13926 case FK_BlockPointer:
13927 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
13931 // Finally, we can recurse.
13932 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
13933 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13934 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get());
13936 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
13937 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
13940 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
13941 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
13942 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
13943 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
13944 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
13945 return ExprError();
13948 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
13949 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
13950 assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
13951 Method->setReturnType(DestType);
13954 // Change the type of the message.
13955 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
13956 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
13958 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
13961 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
13962 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
13963 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
13964 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13965 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13967 E->setType(DestType);
13969 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
13970 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
13972 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13973 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13975 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
13977 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
13978 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
13979 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
13981 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
13983 E->setType(DestType);
13985 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
13986 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
13988 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
13989 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
13991 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
13994 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
13998 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
13999 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
14000 QualType Type = DestType;
14002 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
14005 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
14006 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
14007 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
14008 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
14009 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14010 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type,
14011 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
14014 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
14015 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
14016 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
14017 return ExprError();
14019 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
14020 // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in
14021 // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown
14022 // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine.
14023 QualType FDT = FD->getType();
14024 const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>();
14025 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
14026 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
14027 if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) {
14028 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14029 FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(FD->getASTContext(),
14030 FD->getDeclContext(),
14031 Loc, Loc, FD->getNameInfo().getName(),
14032 DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
14033 SC_None, false/*isInlineSpecified*/,
14034 FD->hasPrototype(),
14035 false/*isConstexprSpecified*/);
14037 if (FD->getQualifier())
14038 NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc());
14040 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
14041 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
14042 ParmVarDecl *Param =
14043 S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI);
14044 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
14045 Params.push_back(Param);
14047 NewFD->setParams(Params);
14048 DRE->setDecl(NewFD);
14049 VD = DRE->getDecl();
14053 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
14054 if (MD->isInstance()) {
14055 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
14056 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
14059 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
14060 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14061 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
14064 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
14065 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
14066 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
14067 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
14068 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
14069 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
14070 return ExprError();
14075 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
14076 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
14077 return ExprError();
14080 // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
14081 // also really dangerous.
14082 VD->setType(DestType);
14084 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
14088 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
14089 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
14090 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
14091 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
14092 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
14093 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
14094 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
14095 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
14097 CastExpr = result.get();
14098 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
14099 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
14104 ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
14105 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
14108 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
14109 Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) {
14110 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
14111 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
14112 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
14114 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
14115 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14116 paramType = result.get()->getType();
14120 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
14121 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
14122 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
14124 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
14125 InitializedEntity entity =
14126 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
14127 /*consumed*/ false);
14128 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg);
14131 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
14133 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
14135 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
14136 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
14137 E = call->getCallee();
14138 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
14144 SourceLocation loc;
14146 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
14147 loc = ref->getLocation();
14148 d = ref->getDecl();
14149 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
14150 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
14151 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
14152 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
14153 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
14154 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
14155 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
14157 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
14158 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
14159 << orig->getSourceRange();
14160 return ExprError();
14163 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
14164 << E->getSourceRange();
14165 return ExprError();
14168 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
14170 // Never recoverable.
14171 return ExprError();
14174 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
14175 /// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
14176 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
14177 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14178 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
14179 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
14180 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
14181 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E);
14182 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
14186 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
14187 if (!placeholderType) return E;
14189 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
14191 // Overloaded expressions.
14192 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
14193 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
14194 // This is obligatory.
14195 ExprResult result = E;
14196 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(result, false)) {
14199 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
14201 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
14202 /*complain*/ true);
14207 // Bound member functions.
14208 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
14209 ExprResult result = E;
14210 const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens();
14211 PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function);
14212 // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize.
14213 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) {
14214 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1;
14215 } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) {
14216 if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() ==
14217 DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName)
14218 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0;
14220 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD,
14221 /*complain*/ true);
14225 // ARC unbridged casts.
14226 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
14227 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
14228 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
14232 // Expressions of unknown type.
14233 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
14234 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
14237 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
14238 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
14240 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: {
14241 // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr.
14242 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
14244 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14245 if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) {
14246 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()),
14247 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
14248 return new (Context) CallExpr(Context, E, None, Context.IntTy,
14249 VK_RValue, SourceLocation());
14253 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
14254 return ExprError();
14257 // Everything else should be impossible.
14258 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) \
14259 case BuiltinType::Id:
14260 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
14261 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
14265 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
14268 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
14269 if (E->isTypeDependent())
14271 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
14272 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
14276 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
14278 Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
14279 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
14280 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
14281 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
14282 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
14283 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
14284 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
14285 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
14286 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
14287 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
14288 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
14291 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
14292 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
14293 return new (Context)
14294 ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc);